Regenerate.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobb61a1ca250821762033b9b3d876d3dda7c17e013
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17941 38806))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36 \(fn)" t nil)
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41 \(fn)" t nil)
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46 \(fn)" t nil)
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
52 \(fn)" t nil)
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64 ;;;***
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17905 55681))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
70 ;;;***
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
81 ;;;***
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
140 \(fn)" t nil)
142 ;;;***
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
151 \(fn)" t nil)
153 ;;;***
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
165 ;;;***
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17851 44469))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
262 \(fn)" t nil)
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
287 \(fn)" nil nil)
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
293 or a buffer.
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
303 \(fn)" t nil)
305 ;;;***
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17842 54152))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
380 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
386 BODY... )
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
427 during preloading.
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
433 ;;;***
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17842 58280))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
440 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
469 options.
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
474 Fred (123) 456-7890
475 Alice (123) 456-7890
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
477 Joe (123) 456-7890
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
485 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
490 align that section.
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
494 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
510 to be colored.
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
517 \(fn)" t nil)
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
522 \(fn)" t nil)
524 ;;;***
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17892 52945))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
556 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
564 \\<allout-mode-map>
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
574 outline.)
576 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
587 and many other features.
589 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
590 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
591 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
592 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
593 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
595 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
596 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
597 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
598 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
600 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
601 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
602 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604 Exposure Control:
605 ----------------
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612 Navigation:
613 ----------
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
637 current topic
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661 Misc commands:
662 -------------
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
665 for `allout-layout'.
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
674 format.
675 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
676 auto-activation.
678 Topic Encryption
680 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
681 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
682 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
683 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
687 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
688 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
690 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
691 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
692 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
693 pitfalls.
695 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
696 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
697 for details.
699 HOT-SPOT Operation
701 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
702 navigation and exposure control.
704 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
705 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
706 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
707 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
708 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
710 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
711 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
712 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
713 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
714 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
716 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
717 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
718 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
719 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
720 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
721 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
722 at the beginning of the current entry.
724 Extending Allout
726 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
727 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
728 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
730 `allout-mode-hook'
731 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
732 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
733 `allout-structure-added-hook'
734 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
735 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
737 Terminology
739 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
741 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
742 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
743 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
744 CURRENT ITEM:
745 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
746 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
747 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
748 called the:
749 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
751 ANCESTORS:
752 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
753 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
754 of the ITEM.
755 OFFSPRING:
756 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
757 SUBTOPIC:
758 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
759 CHILD:
760 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
761 SIBLINGS:
762 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
764 Topic text constituents:
766 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
767 text.
768 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
769 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
770 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
771 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
772 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
773 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
774 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
775 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
776 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
777 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
778 the PREFIX.
780 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
781 of the ITEM.
782 PREFIX-LEAD:
783 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
784 It can be customized by changing the setting of
785 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
787 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
788 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
789 program code without interfering with processing of the text
790 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
791 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
792 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
793 docstring for more detail.
794 PREFIX-PADDING:
795 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
796 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
797 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
798 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
799 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
800 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
801 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
802 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
803 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
804 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
805 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
806 more details.
807 EXPOSURE:
808 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
809 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
810 CONCEALED:
811 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
812 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
814 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
815 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
816 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
818 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
820 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
822 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
823 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
825 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
826 setup for auto-startup.
828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
830 ;;;***
832 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
833 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17905 9579))
834 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
836 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
838 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
839 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
840 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
841 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
842 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
843 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
845 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
847 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
848 Not documented
850 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
852 ;;;***
854 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
855 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17941 38806))
856 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
858 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
859 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
860 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
861 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
862 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
863 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
864 in the current window.
866 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
868 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
869 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
870 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
872 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
874 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
875 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
876 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
878 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
880 ;;;***
882 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
883 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17842 58280))
884 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
886 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
887 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
889 \(fn)" t nil)
891 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
892 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
894 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
895 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
896 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
897 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
899 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
900 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
902 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
904 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
906 ;;;***
908 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
909 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17833 42928))
910 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
912 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
913 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
914 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
915 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
916 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
917 \\[yank].
919 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
920 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
921 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
922 the rules.
924 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
925 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
926 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
927 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
929 \(fn)" t nil)
931 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
932 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
933 \\{antlr-mode-map}
935 \(fn)" t nil)
937 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
938 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
939 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
941 \(fn)" nil nil)
943 ;;;***
945 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
946 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
947 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
948 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17952 17513))
949 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
951 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
952 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
953 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
954 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
956 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
958 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
959 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
961 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
963 (defvar appt-audible t "\
964 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
966 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
968 (defvar appt-visible t "\
969 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
970 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
972 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
974 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
975 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
976 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
978 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
980 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
981 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
982 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
984 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
986 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
987 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
988 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
990 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
992 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
993 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
994 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
996 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
998 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
999 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
1000 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1002 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
1004 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
1005 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1007 \(fn)" t nil)
1009 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
1010 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1011 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1012 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1013 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1014 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1015 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1017 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1018 function.
1020 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1021 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1023 \(fn)" nil nil)
1025 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
1026 Toggle checking of appointments.
1027 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1028 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1032 ;;;***
1034 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1035 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1036 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17842 58280))
1037 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1039 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
1040 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1041 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1042 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1044 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1045 kind of objects to search.
1047 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1049 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1050 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1051 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1052 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1053 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1054 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1056 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1057 normal variables.
1059 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1061 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1063 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1064 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1065 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1066 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1067 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1068 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1070 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1071 noninteractive functions.
1073 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1074 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1076 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1077 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1079 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1081 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1082 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1084 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1086 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1087 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1088 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1089 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1091 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1092 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1093 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1094 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1096 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1097 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1099 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1101 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1103 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1104 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1105 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1106 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1107 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1108 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1110 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1111 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1112 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1114 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1116 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1117 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1118 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1119 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1120 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1121 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1123 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1124 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1125 bindings.
1126 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1128 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1130 ;;;***
1132 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17956
1133 ;;;;;; 9517))
1134 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1136 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1137 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1138 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1139 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1140 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1141 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1143 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1144 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1145 archive.
1147 \\{archive-mode-map}
1149 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1151 ;;;***
1153 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17842 58280))
1154 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1156 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1157 Major mode for editing arrays.
1159 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1160 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1161 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1163 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1165 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1166 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1167 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1169 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1170 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1171 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1172 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1173 The variables are:
1175 Variables you assign:
1176 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1177 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1178 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1179 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1180 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1181 row numbers in the buffer.
1183 Variables which are calculated:
1184 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1185 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1187 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1188 take a numeric prefix argument):
1190 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1191 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1192 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1193 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1195 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1196 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1197 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1198 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1200 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1201 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1202 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1203 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1205 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1206 between that of point and mark.
1208 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1209 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1211 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1212 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1213 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1214 newlines inside rows)
1216 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1218 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1220 \(fn)" t nil)
1222 ;;;***
1224 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17842
1225 ;;;;;; 58277))
1226 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1228 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1229 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1230 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1231 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1233 How to quit artist mode
1235 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1238 How to submit a bug report
1240 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1243 Drawing with the mouse:
1245 mouse-2
1246 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1247 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1248 below).
1250 mouse-1
1251 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1252 or pastes:
1254 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1257 to new point
1258 --------------------------------------------------------------
1259 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1260 --------------------------------------------------------------
1261 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1262 --------------------------------------------------------------
1263 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1264 --------------------------------------------------------------
1265 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1266 --------------------------------------------------------------
1267 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1268 --------------------------------------------------------------
1269 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1270 --------------------------------------------------------------
1271 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1274 lines
1275 --------------------------------------------------------------
1276 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1279 --------------------------------------------------------------
1280 Paste Paste Paste
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1286 or diagonally.
1288 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1289 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1290 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1291 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1292 poly-lines.
1294 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1295 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1296 overwrite means the opposite.
1298 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1299 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1300 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1302 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1304 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1305 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1307 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1308 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1309 are currently drawing something.
1311 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1312 some time to fill.
1315 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1316 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1319 Settings
1321 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1323 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1325 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1327 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1329 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1330 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1332 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1335 Drawing with keys
1337 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1338 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1339 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1340 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1341 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1342 When pasting: Pastes
1344 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1346 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1348 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1349 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1350 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1351 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1352 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1353 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1356 Arrows
1358 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1359 of the line/poly-line
1361 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1362 of the line/poly-line
1365 Selecting operation
1367 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1369 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1370 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1372 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1373 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1374 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1375 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1376 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1377 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1378 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1379 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1380 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1381 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1382 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1384 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1385 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1386 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1387 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1388 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1391 Variables
1393 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1394 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1396 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1397 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1398 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1399 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1400 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1401 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1402 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1403 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1404 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1405 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1406 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1407 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1408 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1409 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1410 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1411 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1412 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1413 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1414 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1416 Hooks
1418 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1419 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1422 Keymap summary
1424 \\{artist-mode-map}
1426 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1428 ;;;***
1430 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17842
1431 ;;;;;; 56333))
1432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1434 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1435 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1436 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1438 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1439 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1440 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1441 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1443 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1444 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1446 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1447 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1449 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1451 Special commands:
1452 \\{asm-mode-map}
1454 \(fn)" t nil)
1456 ;;;***
1458 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1459 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
1460 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1462 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1463 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1464 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1466 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1468 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1469 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1470 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1471 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1472 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1473 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1474 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1475 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1476 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1477 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1479 For example:
1480 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1481 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1482 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1483 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1484 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1486 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1490 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1491 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1492 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1494 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1495 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1497 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1499 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1500 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1501 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1502 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1503 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1504 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1506 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1510 ;;;***
1512 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1513 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
1514 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1516 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1517 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1519 \(fn)" t nil)
1521 ;;;***
1523 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1524 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17842 58280))
1525 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1527 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1528 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1529 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1531 \(fn)" t nil)
1533 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1534 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1535 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1536 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1538 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1540 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1541 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1542 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1543 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1544 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1545 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1547 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1549 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1550 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1551 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1552 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1554 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1555 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1559 ;;;***
1561 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1562 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1563 ;;;;;; (17860 50557))
1564 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1566 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1567 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1568 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1569 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1570 save the buffer too.
1572 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1574 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1576 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1577 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1578 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1579 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1580 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1581 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1583 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1584 directory or directories specified.
1586 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1588 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1589 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1590 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1592 \(fn)" nil nil)
1594 ;;;***
1596 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1597 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1598 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17925 15265))
1599 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1601 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1602 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1604 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1605 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1606 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1607 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1608 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1612 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1613 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1615 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1616 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1618 \(fn)" nil nil)
1620 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1621 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1622 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1624 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1625 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1626 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1627 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1628 reflected in the current buffer.
1630 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1631 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1632 writing before you save the file!
1634 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1638 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1639 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1641 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1642 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1644 \(fn)" nil nil)
1646 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1647 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1648 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1649 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1650 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1651 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1653 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" nil)
1655 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1656 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1658 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1659 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1660 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1664 ;;;***
1666 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1667 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17842 58280))
1668 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1670 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1671 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1672 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1673 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1674 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1676 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1678 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1679 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1680 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1681 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1683 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1684 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1685 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1687 Effects of the different modes:
1688 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1689 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1690 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1691 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1692 a random distance & direction.
1693 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1694 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1695 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1697 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1699 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1700 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1701 definition of \"random distance\".)
1703 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1705 ;;;***
1707 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1708 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
1709 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1711 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1712 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1714 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1715 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1717 For example:
1719 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1720 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1721 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1722 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1724 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1726 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1728 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1730 ;;;***
1732 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1733 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
1734 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1735 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1737 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1738 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1739 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1740 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1742 \(fn)" t nil)
1744 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1745 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1746 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1748 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1749 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1751 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1753 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1754 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1755 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1756 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1757 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1758 seconds.
1760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1762 ;;;***
1764 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1765 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17842 54152))
1766 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1768 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1769 Time execution of FORMS.
1770 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1771 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1772 FORMS once.
1773 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1774 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1775 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1777 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1779 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1780 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1781 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1782 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1783 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1785 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1787 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1788 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1789 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1790 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1791 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1793 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1795 ;;;***
1797 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17956
1798 ;;;;;; 9518))
1799 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1801 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1802 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1804 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1806 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1807 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1808 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1809 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1811 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1812 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1813 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1814 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1815 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1817 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1818 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1821 Special information:
1823 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1825 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1826 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1827 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1828 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1829 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1830 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1831 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1832 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1833 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1834 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1835 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1837 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1838 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1839 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1840 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1841 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1842 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1843 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1844 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1846 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1848 ----------------------------------------------------------
1849 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1850 if that value is non-nil.
1852 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1854 \(fn)" t nil)
1856 ;;;***
1858 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1859 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1860 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
1861 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1863 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1865 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1866 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1867 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1869 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1871 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1872 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1874 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1876 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1877 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1879 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1881 ;;;***
1883 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17842
1884 ;;;;;; 55395))
1885 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1887 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1888 Play blackbox.
1889 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1891 What is blackbox?
1893 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1894 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1895 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1896 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1897 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1898 your score.
1900 Overview of play:
1902 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1903 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1904 four.
1906 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1907 movement keys.
1909 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1910 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1912 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1913 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1915 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1916 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1917 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1918 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1919 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1920 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1922 Details:
1924 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1926 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1927 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1928 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1929 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1931 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1932 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1933 denoted by the letter `R'.
1935 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1936 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1937 denoted by the letter `H'.
1939 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1940 example.
1942 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1943 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1944 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1945 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1946 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1947 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1948 ray.
1950 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1951 degree deflection it causes.
1954 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1955 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1956 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1957 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1958 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1959 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1960 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1961 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1964 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1965 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1968 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1969 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1970 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1971 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1972 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1973 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1974 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1975 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1977 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1978 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1979 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1980 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1981 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1982 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1983 emerging from the box.
1985 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1987 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1988 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1989 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1990 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1991 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1992 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1993 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1994 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1996 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1997 a reflection.
1999 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2001 ;;;***
2003 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2004 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2005 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2006 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17842 58280))
2007 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2008 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2009 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2010 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2012 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2013 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2014 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2015 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2016 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2017 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2018 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2019 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2020 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
2021 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2022 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
2023 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2024 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2025 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
2026 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2027 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2028 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2029 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2030 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2032 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
2033 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2034 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2035 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2036 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2037 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2038 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2039 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2040 recent one.
2042 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2043 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2044 yank successive words.
2046 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2047 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2048 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2049 name of the file being visited.
2051 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2052 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2053 the list of bookmarks.)
2055 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2057 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2058 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2059 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2060 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2061 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2062 this.
2064 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2065 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2066 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2067 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2069 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2071 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2072 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2073 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2074 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2075 after a bookmark was set in it.
2077 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2079 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2080 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2081 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2082 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2084 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2086 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2088 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2089 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2090 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2091 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2093 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2094 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2095 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2097 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2098 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2099 name.
2101 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2103 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2104 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2105 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2106 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2107 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2108 this.
2110 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2112 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2113 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2114 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2115 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2116 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2117 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2118 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2119 probably because we were called from there.
2121 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2123 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2124 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2125 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2127 \(fn)" t nil)
2129 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2130 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2131 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2132 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2133 \(second argument).
2135 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2136 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2137 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2138 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2139 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2141 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2142 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2143 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2144 `bookmark-default-file'.
2146 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2148 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2149 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2150 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2151 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2152 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2153 while loading.
2155 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2156 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2157 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2158 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2159 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2160 explicitly.
2162 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2163 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2164 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2165 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2167 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2169 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2170 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2171 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2172 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2173 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2175 \(fn)" t nil)
2177 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2179 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2181 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2183 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2185 ;;;***
2187 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2188 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2189 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2190 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2191 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2192 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2193 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2194 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2195 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2196 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17842 55218))
2197 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2199 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2200 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2201 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2202 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2204 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2205 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2206 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2207 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2208 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2210 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2212 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2213 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2215 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2217 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2218 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2220 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2222 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2223 Not documented
2225 \(fn)" nil nil)
2227 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2228 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2229 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2230 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2231 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2232 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2234 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2236 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2237 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2238 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2239 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2240 narrowed.
2242 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2244 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2245 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2247 \(fn)" t nil)
2249 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2250 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2252 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2254 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2255 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2256 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2257 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2259 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2261 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2262 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2263 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2264 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2268 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2269 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2270 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2271 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2272 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2273 to use.
2275 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2277 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2278 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2279 Default to the URL around or before point.
2281 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2282 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2283 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2284 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2286 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2287 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2289 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2290 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2291 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2293 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2295 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2296 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2297 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2298 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2300 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2301 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2302 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2303 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2305 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2306 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2307 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2309 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2310 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2312 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2314 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2315 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2316 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2317 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2319 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2320 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2321 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2322 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2324 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2325 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2326 new tab in an existing window instead.
2328 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2329 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2331 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2333 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2334 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2335 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2336 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2337 Firefox.
2339 When called interactively, if variable
2340 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2341 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2342 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2343 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2345 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2346 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2347 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2349 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2350 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2352 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2353 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2354 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2355 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2356 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2357 URL in a new window.
2359 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2361 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2362 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2363 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2364 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2366 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2367 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2368 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2369 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2371 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2372 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2373 new tab in an existing window instead.
2375 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2376 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2378 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2380 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2382 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2383 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2385 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2386 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2387 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2388 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2390 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2391 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2393 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2395 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2396 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2399 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2400 program is invoked according to the variable
2401 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2403 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2404 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2405 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2406 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2409 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2413 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2415 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2416 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2418 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2420 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2422 Default to the URL around or before point.
2424 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2425 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2426 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2428 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2429 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2430 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2431 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2433 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2434 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2436 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2438 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2439 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2440 Default to the URL around or before point.
2442 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2444 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2445 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2446 Default to the URL around or before point.
2448 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2449 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2450 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2453 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2457 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2459 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2460 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2462 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2464 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2465 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2467 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2468 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2470 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2472 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2473 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2474 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2475 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2477 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2478 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2479 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2480 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2482 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2483 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2485 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2487 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2488 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2489 Default to the URL around or before point.
2491 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2493 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2494 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2495 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2496 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2497 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2498 current one.
2500 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2501 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2502 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2503 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2505 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2506 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2508 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2510 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2511 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2513 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2514 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2515 don't offer a form of remote control.
2517 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2519 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2521 Default to the URL around or before point.
2523 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2525 ;;;***
2527 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17842
2528 ;;;;;; 55395))
2529 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2531 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2532 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2534 \(fn)" t nil)
2536 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2537 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2539 \(fn)" nil nil)
2541 ;;;***
2543 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2544 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17842 58280))
2545 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2547 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2548 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2549 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2550 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2552 \(fn)" t nil)
2554 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2555 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2556 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2557 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2559 \(fn)" t nil)
2561 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2562 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2564 \(fn)" t nil)
2566 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2567 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2568 \\<bs-mode-map>
2569 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2570 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2571 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2572 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2574 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2575 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2576 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2577 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2578 name of buffer configuration.
2580 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2582 ;;;***
2584 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2585 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17935
2586 ;;;;;; 59428))
2587 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2589 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2590 Keymap used by buttons.")
2592 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2593 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2594 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2596 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2597 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2598 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2599 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2600 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2601 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2603 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2604 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2605 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2606 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2608 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2610 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2611 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2612 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2613 specifying properties to add to the button.
2614 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2615 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2616 `define-button-type'.
2618 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2620 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2622 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2623 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2624 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2625 specifying properties to add to the button.
2626 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2627 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2628 `define-button-type'.
2630 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2632 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2634 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2635 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2636 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2637 specifying properties to add to the button.
2638 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2639 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2640 `define-button-type'.
2642 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2643 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2644 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2645 `make-text-button'.
2647 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2649 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2651 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2652 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2653 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2654 specifying properties to add to the button.
2655 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2656 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2657 `define-button-type'.
2659 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2660 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2661 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2662 `insert-text-button'.
2664 Also see `make-text-button'.
2666 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2668 ;;;***
2670 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2671 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2672 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2673 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2674 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17949 41467))
2675 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2676 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2677 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2678 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2680 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2681 Not documented
2683 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2685 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2686 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2687 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2689 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2691 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2692 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2693 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2694 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2696 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2697 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2698 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2699 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2700 whether to compile it.
2702 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2704 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2705 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2707 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2708 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2710 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2711 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2712 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2713 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2714 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2715 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2717 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2719 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2720 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2721 Print the result in the echo area.
2722 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2726 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2727 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2728 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2730 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2732 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2733 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2734 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2735 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2736 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2737 all functions called by those functions.
2739 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2740 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2741 cons, etc.).
2743 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2744 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2745 invoked interactively.
2747 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2749 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2750 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2751 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2752 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2754 \(fn)" nil nil)
2756 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2757 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2758 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2759 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2760 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2761 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2762 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2763 already up-to-date.
2765 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2767 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2768 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2769 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2770 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2772 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2773 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2774 and corresponding effects.
2776 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2778 ;;;***
2780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17916 10823))
2781 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2783 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2785 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2787 ;;;***
2789 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2790 ;;;;;; (17842 53792))
2791 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2793 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2794 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2795 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2796 from the cursor position.
2798 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2800 ;;;***
2802 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2803 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2804 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2805 ;;;;;; (17955 4296))
2806 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2808 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2809 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2811 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2812 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2814 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2815 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2819 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2820 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2822 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2824 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2825 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2827 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2829 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2830 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2832 \(fn)" t nil)
2834 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2835 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2836 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2837 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2839 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2841 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2842 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2843 This is most useful in the X window system.
2844 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2845 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2847 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2849 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2850 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2851 See calc-keypad for details.
2853 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2855 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2856 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2858 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2860 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2861 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2863 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2865 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2866 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2868 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2870 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2871 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2872 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2874 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2876 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2877 Not documented
2879 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2881 ;;;***
2883 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17870
2884 ;;;;;; 28179))
2885 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2887 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2888 Run the Emacs calculator.
2889 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2891 \(fn)" t nil)
2893 ;;;***
2895 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2896 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2897 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2898 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2899 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2900 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2901 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2902 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2903 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2904 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2905 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2906 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2907 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2908 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2909 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2910 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2911 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2912 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17944 20140))
2913 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2915 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2916 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2917 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2918 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2919 the screen.")
2921 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2923 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2924 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2925 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2926 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2927 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2928 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2930 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2932 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2933 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2934 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2936 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2938 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2939 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2940 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2942 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2944 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2945 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2946 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2947 displayed.")
2949 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2951 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2952 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2953 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2955 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2957 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2958 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2959 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2961 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2963 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2965 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2966 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2967 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2969 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2970 calendar.")
2972 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2974 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2975 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2976 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2978 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2979 calendar.")
2981 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2983 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2984 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2985 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2987 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2988 calendar.")
2990 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2992 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2993 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2994 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2996 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
2998 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2999 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3000 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3001 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3002 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3004 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3006 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3007 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3008 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3009 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3010 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3011 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3012 a function is also provided for this:
3013 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3015 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3016 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3017 date is not visible in the window.
3019 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3020 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3021 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3023 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3025 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3026 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3028 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3029 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3030 date is visible in the window.
3032 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3033 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3034 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3036 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3038 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3039 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3041 For example,
3043 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3045 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3047 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3049 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3050 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3052 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3053 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3055 MONTH/DAY
3056 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3057 MONTHNAME DAY
3058 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3059 DAYNAME
3061 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3062 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3063 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3064 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3065 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3066 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3067 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3068 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3069 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3070 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3071 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3072 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3073 in every week.
3075 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3076 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3077 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3078 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3080 DAY/MONTH
3081 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3082 DAY MONTHNAME
3083 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3084 DAYNAME
3086 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3087 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3089 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3090 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3091 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3092 window but will appear in a diary window.
3094 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3095 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3097 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3098 entries (in the default American style):
3100 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3101 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3102 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3103 21: Payday
3104 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3105 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3106 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3107 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3108 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3109 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3110 &* 15 time cards due.
3112 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3113 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3114 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3115 single diary entry
3117 02/11/1989
3118 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3119 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3120 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3121 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3122 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3123 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3125 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3126 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3127 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3129 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3131 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3133 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3134 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3135 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3136 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3137 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3138 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3139 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3140 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3141 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3142 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3143 details.
3145 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3146 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3147 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3148 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3149 documentation for these functions for details.
3151 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3152 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3154 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3156 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3157 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3159 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3161 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3162 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3164 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3166 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3167 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3169 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3171 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3172 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3174 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3176 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3177 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3178 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3180 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3182 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3183 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3184 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3186 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3188 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3189 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3190 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3191 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3192 full.")
3194 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3196 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3197 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3198 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3199 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3202 DAY/MONTH
3203 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3204 DAY MONTHNAME
3205 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3206 DAYNAME
3208 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3209 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3210 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3212 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3213 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3214 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3215 `american-calendar'.")
3217 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3219 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3220 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3221 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3223 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3225 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3226 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3227 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3229 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3231 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3232 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3233 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3235 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3237 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3238 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3239 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3241 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3243 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3244 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3245 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3246 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3247 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3248 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3250 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3252 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3253 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3254 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3256 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3257 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3258 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3259 of the form
3261 #include \"filename\"
3263 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3264 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3265 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3266 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3267 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3269 For example, you could use
3271 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3272 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3273 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3275 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3276 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3277 lexicographic order.")
3279 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3281 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3282 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3283 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3285 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3287 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3288 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3289 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3290 diary display.
3292 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3293 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3294 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3295 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3296 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3297 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3298 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3300 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3301 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3302 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3303 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3304 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3305 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3306 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3307 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3309 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" nil)
3311 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3312 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3313 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3314 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3315 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3316 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3317 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3319 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3321 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3322 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3324 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3325 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3326 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3327 of the form
3328 #include \"filename\"
3329 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3330 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3331 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3332 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3333 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3335 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3337 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3338 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3339 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3340 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3341 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3342 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3343 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3345 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3347 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3348 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3349 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3350 are holidays.")
3352 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3354 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3355 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3356 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3357 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3358 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3360 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3362 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3364 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3365 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3366 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3368 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3370 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3372 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3373 Oriental holidays.
3374 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3376 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3378 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3380 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3381 Local holidays.
3382 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3384 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3386 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3388 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3389 User defined holidays.
3390 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3392 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3394 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3396 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3398 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3400 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3402 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3404 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3406 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3408 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3410 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3412 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3413 Jewish holidays.
3414 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3416 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3418 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3420 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3421 Christian holidays.
3422 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3424 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3426 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3428 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3429 Islamic holidays.
3430 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3432 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3434 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3436 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3437 Baha'i holidays.
3438 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3440 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3442 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3444 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3445 Sun-related holidays.
3446 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3448 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3450 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3452 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3453 The frame setup of the calendar.
3454 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3455 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3456 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3457 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3458 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3460 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3462 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3463 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3464 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3466 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3467 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3471 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3472 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3473 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3475 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3476 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3477 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3478 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3480 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3482 ;;;***
3484 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3485 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17842 54741))
3486 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3488 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3489 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3491 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3493 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3494 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3495 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3496 it fails.
3498 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3500 ;;;***
3502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17842
3503 ;;;;;; 56333))
3504 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3505 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3507 ;;;***
3509 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3510 ;;;;;; (17942 63381))
3511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3513 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3514 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3516 \(fn)" nil nil)
3518 ;;;***
3520 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3521 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3522 ;;;;;; (17926 45410))
3523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3525 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3526 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3527 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3528 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3529 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3530 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3531 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3533 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3535 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3536 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3537 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3538 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3539 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3540 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3541 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3542 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3544 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3545 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3546 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3547 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3548 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3549 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3551 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3553 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3554 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3556 Key bindings:
3557 \\{c-mode-map}
3559 \(fn)" t nil)
3561 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3562 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3564 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3565 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3566 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3567 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3568 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3569 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3570 message.
3572 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3574 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3575 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3577 Key bindings:
3578 \\{c++-mode-map}
3580 \(fn)" t nil)
3582 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3583 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3584 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3586 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3587 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3588 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3589 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3590 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3591 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3592 message.
3594 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3596 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3597 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3599 Key bindings:
3600 \\{objc-mode-map}
3602 \(fn)" t nil)
3604 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3605 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3606 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3608 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3609 Major mode for editing Java code.
3610 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3611 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3612 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3613 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3614 message.
3616 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3618 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3619 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3621 Key bindings:
3622 \\{java-mode-map}
3624 \(fn)" t nil)
3626 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3627 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3628 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3630 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3631 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3632 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3633 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3634 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3635 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3636 message.
3638 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3640 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3641 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3643 Key bindings:
3644 \\{idl-mode-map}
3646 \(fn)" t nil)
3648 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3649 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3650 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3651 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3653 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3654 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3655 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3656 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3657 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3658 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3659 message.
3661 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3663 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3664 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3666 Key bindings:
3667 \\{pike-mode-map}
3669 \(fn)" t nil)
3670 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3671 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3672 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3673 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3674 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3675 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3677 ;;;***
3679 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3680 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17842 56333))
3681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3683 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3684 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3685 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3686 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3688 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3690 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3691 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3692 might get set too.
3694 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3695 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3696 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3697 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3698 way.
3700 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3701 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3702 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3703 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3704 a null operation.
3706 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3708 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3709 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3710 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3711 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3713 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3715 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3716 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3717 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3719 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3721 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3722 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3723 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3724 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3725 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3727 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3729 ;;;***
3731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17949
3732 ;;;;;; 41467))
3733 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3734 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3736 ;;;***
3738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17941 38806))
3739 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3740 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3741 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3742 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3744 ;;;***
3746 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3747 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3748 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
3749 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3751 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3752 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3754 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3756 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3757 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3759 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3761 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3762 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3764 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3765 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3766 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3767 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3768 execution.
3770 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3772 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3774 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3775 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3777 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3778 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3779 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3780 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3782 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3783 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3784 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3785 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3786 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3787 `write' commands.
3789 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3790 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3791 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3792 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3794 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3795 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3796 semantics.
3798 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3800 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3802 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3804 STATEMENT :=
3805 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3806 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3808 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3809 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3810 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3811 | integer
3813 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3815 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3816 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3817 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3819 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3820 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3821 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3823 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3824 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3826 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3827 BREAK := (break)
3829 REPEAT :=
3830 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3831 (repeat)
3832 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3833 ;; (repeat))
3834 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3835 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3836 ;; (read REG)
3837 ;; (repeat))
3838 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3839 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3840 ;; (read REG)
3841 ;; (repeat))
3842 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3844 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3845 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3846 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3847 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3848 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3849 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3850 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3851 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3852 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3853 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3854 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3855 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3856 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3857 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3858 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3859 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3861 WRITE :=
3862 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3863 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3864 ;; representation.
3865 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3866 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3867 ;; (write r7))
3868 | (write EXPRESSION)
3869 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3870 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3871 ;; representation.
3872 | (write integer)
3873 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3874 ;; buffer.
3875 | (write string)
3876 ;; Same as: (write string)
3877 | string
3878 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3879 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3880 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3881 ;; representation.
3882 | (write REG ARRAY)
3883 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3884 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3885 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3886 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3887 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3888 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3890 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3891 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3893 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3894 END := (end)
3896 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3897 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3898 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3900 ARG := REG | integer
3902 OPERATOR :=
3903 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3904 + | - | * | / | %
3906 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3907 | & | `|' | ^
3909 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3910 | << | >>
3912 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3913 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3914 | <8
3916 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3917 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3918 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3919 | >8
3921 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3922 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3923 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3924 | //
3926 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3927 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3929 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3930 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3931 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3932 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3933 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3934 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3935 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3936 | de-sjis
3938 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3939 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3940 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3941 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3942 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3943 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3944 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3945 ;; byte of SJIS.
3946 | en-sjis
3948 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3949 ;; Same meaning as C code
3950 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3952 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3953 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3954 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3955 | <8=
3957 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3958 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3959 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3961 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3962 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3963 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3964 | //=
3966 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3969 TRANSLATE :=
3970 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3971 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3972 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3973 LOOKUP :=
3974 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3975 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3976 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3977 MAP :=
3978 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3979 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3980 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3981 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3982 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3983 MAP-ID := integer
3985 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3987 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3988 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3989 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3990 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3991 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3992 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3994 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3996 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3997 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3998 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4000 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4002 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4004 ;;;***
4006 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4007 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
4008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4010 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4011 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4012 There are no special keybindings by default.
4014 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4015 to the action header.
4017 \(fn)" t nil)
4019 ;;;***
4021 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4022 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4023 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4024 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4025 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4026 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4027 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4028 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4029 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
4030 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4032 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4033 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4034 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4035 the users will view as each check is completed.
4037 \(fn)" t nil)
4039 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4040 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4041 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4042 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4043 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4044 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4045 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4046 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4048 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4050 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4051 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4052 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4053 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4054 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4055 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4056 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4057 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4059 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4061 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4062 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4063 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4064 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4065 spacing are all verified.
4067 \(fn)" t nil)
4069 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4070 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4071 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4072 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4073 otherwise stop after the first error.
4075 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4077 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4078 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4079 Only documentation strings are checked.
4080 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4081 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4082 a separate buffer.
4084 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4086 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4087 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4088 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4089 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4090 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4092 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4094 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4095 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4096 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4097 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4098 if there is one.
4100 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4102 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4103 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4104 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4105 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4106 if there is one.
4107 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4109 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4111 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4112 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4113 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4115 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4117 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4118 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4119 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4120 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4121 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4123 \(fn)" t nil)
4125 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4126 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4127 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4128 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4129 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4130 space at the end of each line.
4132 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4134 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4135 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4136 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4137 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4139 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4141 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4142 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4143 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4144 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4146 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4148 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4149 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4150 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4151 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4153 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4155 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4156 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4157 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4158 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4160 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4162 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4163 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4164 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4165 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4167 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4169 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4170 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4171 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4172 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4174 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4176 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4177 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4178 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4179 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4181 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4183 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4184 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4185 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4186 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4188 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4190 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4191 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4192 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4193 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4195 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4197 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4198 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4199 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4201 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4202 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4203 checking of documentation strings.
4205 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4209 ;;;***
4211 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4212 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17842
4213 ;;;;;; 58278))
4214 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4216 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4217 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4218 Return the length of resulting text.
4220 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4222 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4223 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4225 \(fn)" t nil)
4227 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4228 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4229 Return the length of resulting text.
4231 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4233 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4234 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4236 \(fn)" t nil)
4238 ;;;***
4240 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4241 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17842 58280))
4242 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4244 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4245 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4246 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4247 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4248 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4249 editing and the result is evaluated.
4251 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4253 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4254 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4255 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4256 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4257 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4259 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4261 \(fn)" t nil)
4263 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4264 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4265 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4266 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4267 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4269 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4270 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4271 \\{command-history-map}
4273 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4274 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4276 \(fn)" t nil)
4278 ;;;***
4280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17842 54152))
4281 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4283 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4284 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4285 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4286 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4287 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4288 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4290 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4291 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4293 ;;;***
4295 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4296 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
4297 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4299 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4300 Not documented
4302 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4304 ;;;***
4306 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4307 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
4308 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4310 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4311 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4312 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4313 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4315 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4316 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4317 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4318 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4320 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4321 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4323 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4325 ;;;***
4327 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17842
4328 ;;;;;; 58280))
4329 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4331 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4332 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4333 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4334 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4335 of `scheme-program-name').
4336 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4337 it is given as initial input.
4338 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4339 discards input when it starts up.
4340 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4341 is run).
4342 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4344 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4345 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4347 ;;;***
4349 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4350 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
4351 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4353 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4354 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4355 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4356 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4357 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4358 ?* is used.
4359 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4361 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4362 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4363 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4364 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4365 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4366 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4367 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4368 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4369 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4370 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4371 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4372 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4373 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4374 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4375 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4376 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4377 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4378 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4379 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4380 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4381 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4382 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4383 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4384 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4385 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4386 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4387 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4388 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4389 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4390 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4391 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4392 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4393 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4394 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4395 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4396 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4397 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4398 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4399 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4400 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4401 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4402 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4403 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4404 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4405 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4407 ;;;***
4409 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4410 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4411 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17842 54888))
4412 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4414 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4415 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4416 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4417 ASCII table.
4419 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4420 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4421 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4422 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4424 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4426 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4427 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4428 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4430 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4432 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4433 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4434 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4436 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4438 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4439 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4440 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4442 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4444 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4445 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4447 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4448 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4449 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4451 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4452 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4454 \(fn)" nil nil)
4456 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4457 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4459 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4460 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4461 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4463 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4465 ;;;***
4467 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4468 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4469 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4470 ;;;;;; (17937 3189))
4471 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4473 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4474 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4475 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4476 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4477 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4478 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4479 functions have already modified the buffer.
4481 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4483 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4484 either globally or locally.")
4486 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4488 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4489 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4490 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4491 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4492 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4493 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4494 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4495 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4497 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4499 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4501 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4502 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4503 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4504 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4505 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4506 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4507 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4508 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4510 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4512 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4514 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4515 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4516 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4517 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4518 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4519 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4521 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4523 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4524 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4525 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4526 directory tracking functions.")
4528 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4529 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4530 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4532 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4534 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4536 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4537 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4538 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4540 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4542 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4544 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4545 Send COMMAND to current process.
4546 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4547 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4549 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4551 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4552 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4553 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4554 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4556 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4558 ;;;***
4560 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17926
4561 ;;;;;; 45410))
4562 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4564 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4565 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4566 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4567 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4569 This command pushes the mark in each window
4570 at the prior location of point in that window.
4571 If both windows display the same buffer,
4572 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4573 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4575 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4576 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4577 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4578 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4579 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4580 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4581 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4582 ignored.
4584 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4585 this command work in interlaced mode:
4586 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4587 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4588 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4590 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4592 ;;;***
4594 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4595 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4596 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4597 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4598 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17952 11093))
4599 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4601 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4602 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4604 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4606 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4607 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4609 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4611 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4612 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4613 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4614 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4615 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4616 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4617 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4619 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4620 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4621 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4622 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4623 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4625 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4626 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4627 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4628 describing how the process finished.")
4630 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4631 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4632 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4633 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4634 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4636 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4637 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4638 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4640 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4642 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4643 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4644 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4645 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4647 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4649 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4650 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4652 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4653 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4655 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4656 (lambda ()
4657 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4658 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4659 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4660 (concat \"make -k \"
4661 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4663 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4664 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4666 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4667 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4668 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4669 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4671 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4673 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4674 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4675 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4676 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4678 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4679 and move to the source code that caused it.
4681 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4682 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4684 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4685 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4686 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4687 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4689 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4690 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4691 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4692 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4693 subprocesses.
4695 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4696 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4697 to a function that generates a unique name.
4699 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4701 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4702 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4703 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4704 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4706 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4707 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4708 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4709 to determine the buffer name.
4711 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4712 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4713 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4715 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4717 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4719 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4720 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4721 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4722 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4723 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4725 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4727 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4729 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4731 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4732 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4733 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4734 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4735 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4736 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4737 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4741 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4742 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4743 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4744 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4745 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4746 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4750 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4751 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4752 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4754 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4756 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4758 ;;;***
4760 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4761 ;;;;;; (17954 15344))
4762 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4764 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4765 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4766 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4767 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4768 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4769 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4771 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4773 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4774 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4775 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4777 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4778 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4779 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4780 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4782 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4783 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4784 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4785 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4787 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4788 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4789 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4790 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4792 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4793 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4794 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4795 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4796 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4800 ;;;***
4802 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4803 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
4804 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4806 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4807 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4808 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4810 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4811 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4813 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4815 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4816 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4820 ;;;***
4822 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4823 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4824 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4825 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17842 58280))
4826 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4828 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4829 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4830 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4831 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4832 `make-composition'.
4834 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4836 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4837 | | 1:tc or top-center
4838 | | 2:tr or top-right
4839 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4840 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4841 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4842 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4843 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4844 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4846 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4847 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4848 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4849 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4850 be added.
4852 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4853 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4854 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4856 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4857 | | |
4858 | global| |
4859 | glyph | |
4860 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4861 +----+--*--+
4862 | | new |
4863 | |glyph|
4864 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4867 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4868 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4869 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4870 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4872 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4874 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4875 Compose characters in the current region.
4877 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4878 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4880 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4882 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4883 specifying the region.
4885 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4886 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4887 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4889 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4890 of the text in the region.
4892 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4894 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4895 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4896 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4897 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4899 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4900 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4901 detail.
4903 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4904 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4905 text in the composition.
4907 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4909 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4910 Decompose text in the current region.
4912 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4913 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4915 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4917 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4918 Compose characters in string STRING.
4920 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4921 the characters in it.
4923 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4924 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4925 STRING respectively.
4927 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4928 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4929 `compose-region' for more detail.
4931 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4932 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4933 text in the composition.
4935 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4937 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4938 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4940 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4942 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4943 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4944 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4945 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4946 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4947 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4948 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4949 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4951 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4953 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4954 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4956 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4957 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4959 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4960 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4962 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4963 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4965 If no composition is found, return nil.
4967 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4968 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4970 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4971 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4972 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4974 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4976 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4978 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4979 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4980 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4982 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4984 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4986 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4988 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4989 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4991 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4992 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4993 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4994 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4995 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4996 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4997 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4998 nil.
5000 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5002 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5003 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5005 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5007 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5008 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5010 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5012 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5014 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5015 Compose last characters.
5016 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5017 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5018 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5019 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5020 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5021 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5022 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5023 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5024 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5025 after a sequence of character events.
5027 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
5028 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5030 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5031 Convert CHAR to string.
5033 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5034 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5035 vector of CHAR respectively.
5036 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5038 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5040 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5042 ;;;***
5044 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5045 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5046 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5047 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
5048 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5050 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5051 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5052 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5053 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5054 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5055 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5056 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5058 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5059 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5060 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5062 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5063 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5064 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5066 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5067 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5068 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5069 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5071 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5072 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5073 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5074 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5075 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5076 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5077 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5079 \\{conf-mode-map}
5081 \(fn)" t nil)
5083 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5084 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5085 Comments start with `#'.
5086 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5088 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5090 \[Desktop Entry]
5091 Encoding=UTF-8
5092 Name=The GIMP
5093 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5094 Name[cs]=GIMP
5096 \(fn)" t nil)
5098 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5099 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5100 Comments start with `;'.
5101 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5103 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5105 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5106 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5107 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5109 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5110 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5112 \(fn)" t nil)
5114 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5115 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5116 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5117 between `/*' and `*/'.
5118 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5120 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5121 // another kind of comment
5122 /* yet another */
5124 name:value
5125 name=value
5126 name value
5127 x.1 =
5128 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5129 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5131 \(fn)" t nil)
5133 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5134 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5135 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5136 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5137 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5138 `conf-space-keywords'.
5139 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5140 in an interactive fashion instead.
5142 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5144 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5146 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5147 image/png png
5148 image/tiff tiff tif
5150 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5151 class desktop
5152 # Standard multimedia devices
5153 add /dev/audio desktop
5154 add /dev/mixer desktop
5156 \(fn)" t nil)
5158 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5159 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5160 See `conf-space-mode'.
5162 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5164 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5165 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5166 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5167 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5169 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5171 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5172 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5174 \(fn)" t nil)
5176 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5177 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5178 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5179 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5181 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5183 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5184 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5186 \(fn)" t nil)
5188 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5189 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5190 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5191 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5193 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5195 *background: gray99
5196 *foreground: black
5198 \(fn)" t nil)
5200 ;;;***
5202 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5203 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17842 55395))
5204 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5206 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5207 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5208 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5209 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5211 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5213 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5214 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5215 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5216 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5218 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5220 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5221 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5222 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5223 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5225 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5227 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5228 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5230 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5232 ;;;***
5234 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5235 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17842 54152))
5236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5238 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5239 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5240 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5241 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5242 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5243 following the copyright are updated as well.
5244 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5245 interactively.
5247 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5249 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5250 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5251 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5253 \(fn)" t nil)
5255 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5256 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5258 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5260 ;;;***
5262 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5263 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17955 36604))
5264 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5266 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5267 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5268 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5269 Tab indents for Perl code.
5270 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5271 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5273 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5274 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5275 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5276 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5277 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5278 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5279 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5280 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5281 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5282 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5283 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5284 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5286 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5288 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5289 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5291 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5293 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5294 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5295 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5296 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5297 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5298 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5299 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5300 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5301 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5303 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5305 bite if angry;
5307 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5308 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5309 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5310 to nil.)
5312 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5313 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5314 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5316 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5318 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5319 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5320 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5321 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5322 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5324 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5326 if (A) { B }
5328 into
5330 B if A;
5332 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5334 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5335 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5336 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5337 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5338 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5339 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5340 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5341 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5342 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5343 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5344 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5345 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5346 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5348 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5349 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5350 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5351 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5352 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5353 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5355 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5356 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5357 man via menu.
5359 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5360 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5361 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5362 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5363 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5365 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5366 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5367 span the needed amount of lines.
5369 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5370 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5371 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5372 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5374 Variables controlling indentation style:
5375 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5376 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5377 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5378 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5379 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5380 `cperl-auto-newline'
5381 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5382 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5383 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5384 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5385 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5386 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5387 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5388 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5389 `cperl-indent-level'
5390 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5391 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5392 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5393 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5394 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5395 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5396 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5397 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5398 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5399 `cperl-brace-offset'
5400 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5401 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5402 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5403 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5404 `cperl-label-offset'
5405 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5406 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5407 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5409 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5410 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5411 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5412 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5413 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5414 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5416 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5417 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5418 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5419 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5421 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5422 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5423 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5424 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5425 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5426 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5428 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5429 column 0 is indented on
5430 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5432 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5433 with no args.
5435 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5436 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5437 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5439 \(fn)" t nil)
5441 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5442 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5444 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5446 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5447 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5449 \(fn)" t nil)
5451 ;;;***
5453 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5454 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
5455 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5457 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5458 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5459 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5460 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5461 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5463 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5465 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5466 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5468 \(fn)" t nil)
5470 ;;;***
5472 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5473 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
5474 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5476 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5477 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5478 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5479 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5481 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5482 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5484 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5486 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5487 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5488 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5492 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5494 ;;;***
5496 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5497 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
5498 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5500 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5501 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5502 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5503 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5505 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5506 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5507 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5508 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5510 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5511 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5512 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5514 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5515 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5516 'bob', and 'eve'.
5518 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5519 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5520 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5522 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5524 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5525 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5526 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5528 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5530 ;;;***
5532 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5533 ;;;;;; (17888 45995))
5534 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5536 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5537 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5538 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5540 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5541 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5543 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5545 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5546 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5547 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5548 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5549 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5551 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5552 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5553 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5554 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5555 function of these prefix keys.
5557 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5558 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5559 options:
5560 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5561 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5562 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5564 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5565 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5566 the prefix fallback behavior.
5568 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5569 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5570 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5571 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5575 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5576 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5578 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5579 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5580 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5581 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5582 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5583 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5584 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5585 (if user-init-file (concat
5586 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5587 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5589 ;;;***
5591 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5592 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5593 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5594 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5595 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5596 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5597 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5598 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5599 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5600 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5601 ;;;;;; (17952 11093))
5602 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5604 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5605 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5607 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5609 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5610 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5612 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5614 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5615 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5617 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5618 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5620 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5621 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5623 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5624 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5626 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5627 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5629 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5631 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5633 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5634 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5635 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5637 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5638 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5640 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5641 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5643 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5644 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5646 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5648 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5650 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5651 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5652 Return VALUE.
5654 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5655 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5657 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5658 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5660 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5661 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5663 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5665 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5667 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5668 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5669 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5670 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5671 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5673 \(fn)" t nil)
5675 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5676 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5677 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5678 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5680 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5682 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5683 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5685 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5687 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5688 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5690 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5692 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5694 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5695 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5697 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5699 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5701 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5702 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5703 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5705 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5707 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5708 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5709 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5710 as part of Emacs itself.
5712 Each elements looks like this:
5714 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5716 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5717 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5718 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5719 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5720 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5721 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5722 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5723 and `defface'.
5725 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5727 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5728 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5729 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5730 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5731 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5733 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5734 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5735 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5736 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5738 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5740 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5741 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5742 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5743 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5744 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5746 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5747 that were added or redefined since that version.
5749 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5751 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5752 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5753 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5754 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5756 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5757 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5759 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5761 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5762 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5763 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5765 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5766 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5768 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5770 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5771 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5773 \(fn)" t nil)
5775 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5776 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5778 \(fn)" t nil)
5780 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5781 Customize all already saved user options.
5783 \(fn)" t nil)
5785 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5786 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5787 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5788 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5789 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5790 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5791 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5792 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5794 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5796 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5797 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5798 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5799 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5801 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5803 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5804 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5806 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5808 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5809 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5811 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5813 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5814 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5815 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5816 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5817 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5818 that option.
5820 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5822 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5823 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5824 The result includes selecting that window.
5825 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5826 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5827 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5828 that option.
5830 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5832 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5833 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5835 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5837 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5838 File used for storing customization information.
5839 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5840 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5841 it should be an absolute file name.
5843 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5844 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5845 something like the following in your init file:
5847 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5848 \(load custom-file)
5850 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5851 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5853 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5854 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5855 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5856 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5857 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5859 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5860 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5861 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5862 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5863 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5864 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5865 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5866 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5867 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5868 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5870 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5872 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5873 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5875 \(fn)" nil nil)
5877 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5878 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5880 \(fn)" t nil)
5882 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5883 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5884 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5886 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5888 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5889 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5890 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5891 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5892 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5894 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5896 ;;;***
5898 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5899 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17842 58280))
5900 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5902 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5903 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5905 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5907 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5908 Alist of face attributes.
5910 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5911 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5912 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5913 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5914 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5915 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5917 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5918 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5919 customization type TYPE).
5921 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5922 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5923 given face attribute.")
5925 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5926 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5927 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5928 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5930 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5932 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5933 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5934 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5935 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5936 between themes and faces.
5937 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5939 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5940 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5942 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5944 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5945 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5946 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5948 (FACE IGNORED)
5950 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5952 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5954 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5955 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5956 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5958 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5960 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5962 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5964 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5966 ;;;***
5968 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5969 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
5970 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5972 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5973 Create a custom theme.
5975 \(fn)" t nil)
5977 ;;;***
5979 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5980 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
5981 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5983 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5984 Mode used for cvs status output.
5986 \(fn)" t nil)
5988 ;;;***
5990 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5991 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17860 50532))
5992 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5994 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5995 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5997 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5998 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5999 C++ modes are included.
6001 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6005 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6006 Turn on CWarn mode.
6008 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6009 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6011 \(fn)" nil nil)
6013 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6014 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6015 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6016 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6017 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6018 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6020 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
6022 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6023 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
6024 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6025 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
6026 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
6028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6030 ;;;***
6032 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6033 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6034 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
6035 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6037 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
6038 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6040 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6042 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
6043 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6045 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6047 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6048 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6049 For readability, the table is slightly
6050 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6052 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6053 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6054 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6055 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6056 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6058 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6060 ;;;***
6062 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6063 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
6064 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6065 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6066 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6068 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6069 Completion on current word.
6070 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6071 and presents suggestions for completion.
6073 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6074 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6075 completions.
6077 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6078 then it searches *all* buffers.
6080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6082 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6083 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6085 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6086 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6087 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6088 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6089 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6091 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6092 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6094 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6095 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6096 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6098 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6099 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6101 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6103 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6105 ;;;***
6107 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17949
6108 ;;;;;; 41468))
6109 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6111 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6112 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6114 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6115 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6116 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6118 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6119 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6120 Data lines are not indented.
6122 Key bindings:
6124 \\{dcl-mode-map}
6125 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6127 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6128 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6129 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6130 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6132 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6134 dcl-basic-offset
6135 Extra indentation within blocks.
6137 dcl-continuation-offset
6138 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6140 dcl-margin-offset
6141 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6143 dcl-margin-label-offset
6144 Indentation for a label.
6146 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6147 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6149 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6150 dcl-block-end-regexp
6151 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6152 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6153 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6154 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6155 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6157 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6158 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6159 Two such functions are included in the package:
6160 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6161 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6163 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6164 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6165 One such function is included in the package:
6166 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6168 dcl-tab-always-indent
6169 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6170 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6171 margin.
6173 dcl-electric-characters
6174 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6175 typed.
6177 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6178 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6179 which words trigger electric indentation.
6181 dcl-tempo-comma
6182 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6183 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6184 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6186 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6187 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6188 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6189 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6191 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6192 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6193 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6194 dcl-imenu-label-call
6195 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6197 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6198 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6199 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6200 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6203 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6205 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6206 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6207 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6208 $ i = 1
6209 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6210 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6211 $ label:
6212 $ if i.eq.1
6213 $ then
6214 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6215 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6216 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6217 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6218 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6219 \"lined up with the command line\"
6220 $ type sys$input
6221 Data lines are not indented at all.
6222 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6223 $ endif
6227 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6228 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6230 \(fn)" t nil)
6232 ;;;***
6234 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6235 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17842 54152))
6236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6238 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6240 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6241 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6242 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6243 of the evaluator.
6245 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6246 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6247 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6249 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6251 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6252 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6254 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6256 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6257 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6258 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6259 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6260 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6261 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6263 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6264 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6266 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6268 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6269 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6270 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6271 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6272 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6274 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6276 ;;;***
6278 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6279 ;;;;;; (17842 55395))
6280 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6282 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6283 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6285 \(fn)" t nil)
6287 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6288 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6289 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6290 Upper-case letters are commands.
6292 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6293 modify it.
6295 The most useful commands are:
6296 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6297 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6298 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6299 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6300 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6301 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6303 \(fn)" t nil)
6305 ;;;***
6307 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6308 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17842
6309 ;;;;;; 58280))
6310 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6312 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6313 Customization of `columns' group.
6315 \(fn)" t nil)
6317 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6318 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6320 START and END delimits the text region.
6322 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6324 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6325 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6327 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6329 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6331 ;;;***
6333 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17842
6334 ;;;;;; 56333))
6335 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6337 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6338 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6339 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6340 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6341 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6342 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6344 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6346 Customization:
6348 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6349 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6350 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6351 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6352 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6353 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6354 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6355 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6356 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6357 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6358 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6359 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6360 blank line.
6361 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6362 Directories to search when finding external units.
6363 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6364 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6366 Coloring:
6368 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6369 Face used to color delphi comments.
6370 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6371 Face used to color delphi strings.
6372 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6373 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6374 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6375 Face used to color everything else.
6377 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6378 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6380 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6382 ;;;***
6384 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17842
6385 ;;;;;; 58280))
6386 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6388 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6390 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6391 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6392 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6393 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6394 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6395 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6397 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6399 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6400 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6401 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6402 positive.
6404 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6405 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6406 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6407 any selection.
6409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6411 ;;;***
6413 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6414 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17842 54152))
6415 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6417 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6418 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6420 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6422 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6423 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6424 or nil if there is no parent.
6425 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6426 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6427 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6428 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6429 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6431 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6432 arguments are currently understood:
6433 :group GROUP
6434 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6435 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6436 :syntax-table TABLE
6437 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6438 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6439 :abbrev-table TABLE
6440 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6441 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6443 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6445 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6447 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6448 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6449 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6451 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6452 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6454 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6455 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6456 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6458 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6459 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6461 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6462 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6464 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6466 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6468 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6469 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6470 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6471 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6472 the first time the mode is used.
6474 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6476 ;;;***
6478 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6479 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17874 62047))
6480 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6482 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6483 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6484 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6485 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6486 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6487 otherwise.
6489 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6491 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6492 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6493 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6494 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6495 character composition information (if relevant),
6496 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6498 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6500 ;;;***
6502 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6503 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6504 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6505 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17949 41467))
6506 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6508 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6509 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6510 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6512 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6514 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6515 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6516 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6517 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6518 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6519 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6523 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6524 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6525 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6526 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6528 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6530 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6531 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6532 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6534 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6535 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6536 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6538 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6539 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6541 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6542 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6543 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6545 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6546 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6547 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6548 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6550 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6552 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6553 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6555 Handlers are called with argument list
6557 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6559 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6561 desktop-file-version
6562 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6563 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6564 desktop-buffer-point
6565 desktop-buffer-mark
6566 desktop-buffer-read-only
6567 desktop-buffer-locals
6569 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6570 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6572 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6573 code like
6575 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6577 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6578 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6580 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6582 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6584 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6585 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6586 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6587 List elements must have the form
6589 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6591 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6592 function.
6594 Handlers are called with argument list
6596 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6598 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6600 desktop-file-version
6601 desktop-buffer-file-name
6602 desktop-buffer-name
6603 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6604 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6605 desktop-buffer-point
6606 desktop-buffer-mark
6607 desktop-buffer-read-only
6608 desktop-buffer-misc
6610 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6611 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6612 created and set.
6614 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6615 code like
6617 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6619 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6620 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6622 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6624 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6626 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6628 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6629 Empty the Desktop.
6630 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6631 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6632 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6634 \(fn)" t nil)
6636 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6637 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6638 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6639 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6641 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6643 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6644 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6645 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6647 \(fn)" t nil)
6649 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6650 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6651 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6652 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6653 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6654 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6655 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6656 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6658 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6660 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6661 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6662 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6664 \(fn)" nil nil)
6666 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6667 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6668 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6669 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6670 directory DIRNAME.
6672 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6674 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6675 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6677 \(fn)" t nil)
6679 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6680 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6682 \(fn)" t nil)
6684 ;;;***
6686 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6687 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6688 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17842 54741))
6689 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6691 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6692 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6693 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6694 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6695 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6696 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6698 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6700 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6701 Repair a broken attribution line.
6702 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6704 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6706 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6707 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6708 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6709 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6711 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6713 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6714 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6716 \(fn)" t nil)
6718 ;;;***
6720 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6721 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17842 58278))
6722 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6724 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6726 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6727 Not documented
6729 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6731 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6732 Not documented
6734 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6736 ;;;***
6738 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6739 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17944 20140))
6740 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6742 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6743 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6744 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6745 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6746 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6750 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6751 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6752 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6753 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6755 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6756 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6757 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6758 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6760 #!/bin/sh
6761 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6762 emacs -batch \\
6763 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6764 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6765 european-calendar-style t \\
6766 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6767 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6768 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6770 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6771 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6772 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6773 to run it every morning at 1am.
6775 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6777 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6778 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6780 \(fn)" t nil)
6782 ;;;***
6784 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6785 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17842 58280))
6786 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6788 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6789 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6791 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6793 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6794 *The command to use to run diff.")
6796 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6798 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6799 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6800 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6801 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6802 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6803 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6805 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6807 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6808 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6809 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6810 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6811 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6812 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6814 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6816 ;;;***
6818 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6819 ;;;;;; (17942 63381))
6820 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6822 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6823 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6824 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6825 normal diffs.
6827 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6828 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6829 headers for you on-the-fly.
6831 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6832 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6833 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6835 \\{diff-mode-map}
6837 \(fn)" t nil)
6839 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6840 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6841 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6845 ;;;***
6847 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6848 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6849 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6850 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6851 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17851 56703))
6852 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6854 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6855 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6856 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6857 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6858 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6859 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6860 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6861 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6863 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6865 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6866 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6868 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6869 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6870 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6871 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6872 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6874 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6875 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6877 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6878 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6879 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6880 always set this variable to t.")
6882 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6884 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6885 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6886 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6887 A value of t means move to first file.")
6889 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6891 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6892 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6893 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6894 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6895 are afterward marked with that character.")
6897 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6899 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6900 *Controls marking of copied files.
6901 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6902 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6904 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6906 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6907 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6908 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6909 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6911 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6913 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6914 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6915 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6916 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6918 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6920 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6921 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6922 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6923 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6925 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6927 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6929 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6930 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6931 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6933 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6935 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6936 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6937 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6938 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6939 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6940 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6942 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6943 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6944 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6945 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6946 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6947 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6948 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6949 list of files to make directory entries for.
6950 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6951 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6952 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6953 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6955 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6957 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6958 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6960 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6961 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6963 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6964 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6966 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6967 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6969 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6971 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6972 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6974 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6976 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6977 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6978 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6979 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6980 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6981 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6982 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6983 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6984 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6985 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6986 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6987 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6988 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6989 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6990 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6991 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6992 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6993 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6994 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6995 to see why something went wrong.
6996 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6997 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6998 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6999 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7000 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7001 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7002 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7003 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7004 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7005 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7006 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7007 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7008 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7010 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7011 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7012 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7013 again for the directory tree.
7015 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7016 for more info):
7018 `dired-listing-switches'
7019 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7020 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7021 `dired-marker-char'
7022 `dired-del-marker'
7023 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7024 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7025 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7026 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7028 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7030 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7031 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7032 `dired-mode-hook'
7033 `dired-load-hook'
7035 Keybindings:
7036 \\{dired-mode-map}
7038 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7039 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7041 ;;;***
7043 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7044 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7045 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7046 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7047 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7048 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7049 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7050 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7051 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7052 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7053 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7054 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7055 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7056 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17859 20444))
7057 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7059 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7060 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7061 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7062 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7063 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7064 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7065 which is options for `diff'.
7067 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7069 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7070 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7071 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7072 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7073 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7074 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7076 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7078 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7079 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7080 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7081 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7082 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7083 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7084 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7086 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7088 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7089 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7090 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7091 returned by function `file-attributes'
7093 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7094 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7096 Examples of PREDICATE:
7098 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7099 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7100 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7101 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7102 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7104 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7106 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7107 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7108 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7112 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7113 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7117 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7118 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7122 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7123 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7124 This calls touch.
7126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7128 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7129 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7130 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7131 `lpr-switches' as default.
7133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7135 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7136 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7137 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7138 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7139 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7141 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7142 with a prefix argument.
7144 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
7146 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7147 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7148 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7149 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7150 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7152 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7153 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7155 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7156 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7157 file name substituted for `?'.
7159 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7160 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7162 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7163 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7164 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7165 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7167 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7169 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7170 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7171 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7173 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7174 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7175 in a subdir.
7177 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7178 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7179 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7181 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7183 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7184 Not documented
7186 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7188 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7189 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7190 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7191 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7192 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7193 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7194 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7195 from the buffer as well.
7196 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7197 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7198 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7200 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7202 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7203 Not documented
7205 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7207 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7208 Not documented
7210 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7212 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7213 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7217 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7218 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7222 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7223 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7227 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7228 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7229 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7230 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7232 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7233 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7234 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7235 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7236 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7237 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7238 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7240 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7242 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7243 Not documented
7245 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7247 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7248 Not documented
7250 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7252 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7253 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7255 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7257 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7258 Not documented
7260 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7262 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7263 Not documented
7265 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7267 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7268 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7270 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7272 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7273 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7274 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7275 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7276 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7277 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7278 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7279 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7280 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7282 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7283 like `cp -d'.
7285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7287 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7288 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7289 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7290 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7291 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7292 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7293 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7294 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7296 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7300 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7301 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7302 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7303 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7304 and new hard links are made in that directory
7305 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7306 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7307 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7311 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7312 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7313 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7314 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7315 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7316 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7317 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7321 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7322 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7324 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7325 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7326 file if none are marked.
7328 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7329 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7330 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7331 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7333 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7334 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7336 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7338 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7339 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7340 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7342 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7344 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7345 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7346 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7348 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7350 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7351 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7352 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7354 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7356 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7357 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7361 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7362 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7366 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7367 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7368 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7369 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7370 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7371 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7372 this subdirectory.
7373 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7375 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7376 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7377 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7378 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7379 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7380 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7381 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7383 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7385 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7386 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7387 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7388 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7389 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7390 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7391 this subdirectory.
7392 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7394 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7396 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7397 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7398 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7400 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7402 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7403 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7404 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7405 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7407 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7409 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7410 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7411 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7412 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7414 \(fn)" t nil)
7416 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7417 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7418 Lower levels are unaffected.
7420 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7422 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7423 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7425 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7427 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7428 Go down in the dired tree.
7430 \(fn)" t nil)
7432 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7433 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7434 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7435 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7437 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7439 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7440 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7441 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7442 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7444 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7446 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7447 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7448 Stops when a match is found.
7449 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7451 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7453 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7454 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7455 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7456 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7457 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7459 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7461 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7462 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7463 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7464 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7466 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7468 ;;;***
7470 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7471 ;;;;;; (17942 63381))
7472 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7474 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7475 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7476 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7477 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7478 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7479 buffer and try again.
7481 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7483 (autoload (quote dired-do-relsymlink) "dired-x" "\
7484 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7485 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7486 This creates relative symbolic links like
7488 foo -> ../bar/foo
7490 not absolute ones like
7492 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7494 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7498 ;;;***
7500 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17842 58280))
7501 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7503 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7504 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7505 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7507 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7509 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7510 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7512 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7513 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7515 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7517 ;;;***
7519 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17842
7520 ;;;;;; 54152))
7521 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7523 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7524 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7525 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7526 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7527 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7528 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7530 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7532 ;;;***
7534 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7535 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7536 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7537 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7538 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7539 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17874 62056))
7540 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7542 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7543 Return a new, empty display table.
7545 \(fn)" nil nil)
7547 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7548 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7549 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7550 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7551 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7553 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7555 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7556 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7557 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7558 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7559 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7561 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7563 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7564 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7566 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7568 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7569 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7571 \(fn)" t nil)
7573 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7574 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7576 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7578 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7579 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7581 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7583 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7584 Display character C using printable string S.
7586 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7588 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7589 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7590 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7591 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7593 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7595 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7596 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7597 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7598 X frame.
7600 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7602 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7603 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7605 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7607 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7608 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7610 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7612 (autoload (quote make-glyph-code) "disp-table" "\
7613 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7615 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7617 (autoload (quote glyph-char) "disp-table" "\
7618 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7620 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7622 (autoload (quote glyph-face) "disp-table" "\
7623 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7625 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7627 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7628 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7630 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7631 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7632 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7633 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7635 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7636 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7637 European character display.
7639 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7640 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7641 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7642 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7644 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7645 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7646 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7647 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7648 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7650 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7652 ;;;***
7654 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7655 ;;;;;; (17941 38806))
7656 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7658 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7659 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7660 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7661 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7662 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7663 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7664 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7665 Default is 2.
7667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7669 ;;;***
7671 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17949 41467))
7672 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7674 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7675 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7676 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7677 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7678 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7679 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7680 private or ask).
7681 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7682 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7683 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7684 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7685 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7687 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7689 ;;;***
7691 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7692 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17842 58277))
7693 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7695 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7696 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7697 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7698 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7699 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7700 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7701 table and its own syntax table.
7703 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7705 \(fn)" t nil)
7706 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7708 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7709 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7711 \(fn)" t nil)
7712 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7714 ;;;***
7716 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17941 38806))
7717 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7719 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7720 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7722 \(fn)" t nil)
7724 ;;;***
7726 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7727 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
7728 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7730 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7731 Toggle Double mode.
7732 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7733 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7735 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7737 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7738 Toggle Double mode.
7739 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7741 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7742 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7744 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7746 ;;;***
7748 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17842 55395))
7749 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7751 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7752 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7754 \(fn)" t nil)
7756 ;;;***
7758 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7759 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
7760 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7762 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7763 Play sounds in message buffers.
7765 \(fn)" t nil)
7767 ;;;***
7769 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7770 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7771 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17860 50628))
7772 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7774 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7776 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7777 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7778 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7779 and toggle command MODE.
7781 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7782 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7783 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7784 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7785 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7786 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7787 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7788 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7789 used (see below).
7791 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7792 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7793 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7794 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7795 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7796 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7797 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7798 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7799 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7800 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7801 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7802 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7803 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7804 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7805 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7806 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7807 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7809 For example, you could write
7810 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7811 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7812 ...BODY CODE...)
7814 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7816 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7818 (defalias (quote define-global-minor-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7820 (autoload (quote define-globalized-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7821 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7822 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7823 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7824 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7825 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7826 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7827 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7828 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7829 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7830 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7831 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7833 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7834 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7835 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7836 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7837 call another major mode in their body.
7839 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7841 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7842 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7843 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7844 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7845 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7846 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7847 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7849 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7851 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7852 Not documented
7854 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7856 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7857 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7858 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7860 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7862 ;;;***
7864 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7865 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17842
7866 ;;;;;; 54152))
7867 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7869 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7871 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7872 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7874 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7875 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7876 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7878 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7879 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7881 :filter FUNCTION
7883 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7884 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7886 :visible INCLUDE
7888 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7889 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7891 :active ENABLE
7893 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7894 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7896 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7898 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7900 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7902 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7903 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7905 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7906 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7908 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7910 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7912 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7914 :keys KEYS
7916 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7917 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7918 computed automatically.
7919 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7921 :key-sequence KEYS
7923 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7924 menu item.
7925 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7926 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7927 keyboard equivalent.
7929 :active ENABLE
7931 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7932 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7934 :visible INCLUDE
7936 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7937 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7939 :suffix FORM
7941 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7942 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7944 :style STYLE
7946 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7947 defined:
7949 toggle: A checkbox.
7950 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7951 radio: A radio button.
7952 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7953 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7954 menu bar itself.
7955 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7957 :selected SELECTED
7959 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7960 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7962 :help HELP
7964 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7966 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7967 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7968 as a solid horizontal line.
7970 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7972 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7974 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7975 Not documented
7977 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7979 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7980 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7981 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7982 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7984 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7986 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7987 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7988 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7989 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7990 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7991 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7993 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7994 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7995 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7997 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7998 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7999 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8001 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8002 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8004 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8006 ;;;***
8008 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
8009 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
8010 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
8011 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
8012 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
8013 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
8014 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
8015 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17952 11093))
8016 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8018 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
8019 Customization for ebnf group.
8021 \(fn)" t nil)
8023 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8024 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8026 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8028 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8029 processed.
8031 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8033 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8035 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8036 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8038 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8039 killed after process termination.
8041 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8043 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8045 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8046 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8048 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8049 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8050 it to the printer.
8052 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8053 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8054 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8055 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8057 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8059 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8060 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8061 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8063 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8065 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8066 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8068 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8070 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8071 processed.
8073 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8075 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8077 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8078 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8080 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8081 killed after process termination.
8083 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8085 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8087 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8088 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8089 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8090 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8092 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8094 \(fn)" t nil)
8096 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8097 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8098 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8100 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8102 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8104 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8105 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8107 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8109 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8110 processed.
8112 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8114 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8116 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8117 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8119 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8120 killed after EPS generation.
8122 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8124 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8126 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8127 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8129 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8130 The EPS file name has the following form:
8132 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8134 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8135 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8137 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8138 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8139 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8140 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8141 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8143 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8144 files.
8146 \(fn)" t nil)
8148 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8149 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8151 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8152 The EPS file name has the following form:
8154 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8156 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8157 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8159 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8160 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8161 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8162 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8163 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8165 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8166 files.
8168 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8170 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8172 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8173 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8175 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8177 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8178 are processed.
8180 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8182 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8184 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8185 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8187 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8188 killed after syntax checking.
8190 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8192 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8194 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8195 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8197 \(fn)" t nil)
8199 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8200 Do a syntactic analysis of region.
8202 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8204 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8205 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8207 \(fn)" nil nil)
8209 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8210 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8212 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8214 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8216 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8217 Delete style NAME.
8219 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8221 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8223 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8224 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8226 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8228 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8230 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8231 Set STYLE as the current style.
8233 Returns the old style symbol.
8235 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8237 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8239 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8240 Reset current style.
8242 Returns the old style symbol.
8244 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8246 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8248 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8249 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8251 Returns the old style symbol.
8253 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8255 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8257 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8259 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8260 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8262 Returns the old style symbol.
8264 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8266 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8268 \(fn)" t nil)
8270 ;;;***
8272 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8273 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8274 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8275 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8276 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8277 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8278 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8279 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8280 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8281 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8282 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17821
8283 ;;;;;; 5918))
8284 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8286 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8287 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8288 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8289 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8290 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8291 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8293 Tree mode key bindings:
8294 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8296 \(fn)" t nil)
8298 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8299 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8301 \(fn)" t nil)
8303 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8304 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8306 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8308 \(fn)" nil nil)
8310 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8311 View declaration of member at point.
8313 \(fn)" t nil)
8315 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8316 Find declaration of member at point.
8318 \(fn)" t nil)
8320 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8321 View definition of member at point.
8323 \(fn)" t nil)
8325 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8326 Find definition of member at point.
8328 \(fn)" t nil)
8330 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8331 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8333 \(fn)" t nil)
8335 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8336 View definition of member at point in other window.
8338 \(fn)" t nil)
8340 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8341 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8343 \(fn)" t nil)
8345 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8346 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8348 \(fn)" t nil)
8350 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8351 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8353 \(fn)" t nil)
8355 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8356 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8358 \(fn)" t nil)
8360 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8361 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8362 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8363 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8364 completion.
8366 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8368 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8369 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8370 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8371 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8373 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8375 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8376 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8377 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8378 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8380 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8382 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8383 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8384 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8386 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8388 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8389 Search for call sites of a member.
8390 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8391 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8392 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8393 looks like a function call to the member.
8395 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8397 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8398 Move backward in the position stack.
8399 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8401 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8403 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8404 Move forward in the position stack.
8405 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8407 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8409 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8410 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8412 \(fn)" t nil)
8414 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8415 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8417 \(fn)" t nil)
8419 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8420 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8421 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8422 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8424 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8426 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8427 Display statistics for a class tree.
8429 \(fn)" t nil)
8431 ;;;***
8433 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8434 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
8435 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8437 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8438 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8439 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8440 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8442 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8443 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8444 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8446 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8447 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8448 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8450 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8452 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8454 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8456 ;;;***
8458 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8459 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17842 58280))
8460 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8462 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8463 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8464 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8466 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8468 ;;;***
8470 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8471 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8472 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17952 11093))
8473 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8475 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8476 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8477 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8478 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8479 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8481 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8482 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8483 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8484 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8486 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8488 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8489 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8490 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8491 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8493 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8495 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8496 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8497 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8498 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8500 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8502 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8504 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8505 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8506 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8507 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8508 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8510 If you do this on a function definition
8511 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8512 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8513 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8514 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8516 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8517 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8518 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8519 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8520 already is one.)
8522 \(fn)" t nil)
8524 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8525 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8527 \(fn)" t nil)
8529 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8530 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8532 \(fn)" t nil)
8534 ;;;***
8536 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8537 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8538 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8539 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8540 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8541 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8542 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8543 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8544 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8545 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17846 30361))
8546 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8548 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8549 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8551 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8553 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8554 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8556 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8558 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8560 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8562 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8563 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8564 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8565 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8567 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8569 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8570 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8572 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8574 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8576 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8577 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8579 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8581 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8583 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8584 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8585 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8586 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8588 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8590 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8592 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8593 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8594 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8595 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8597 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8599 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8601 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8602 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8603 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8604 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8606 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8608 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8610 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8611 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8612 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8613 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8615 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8617 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8619 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8620 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8621 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8622 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8623 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8624 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8626 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8628 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8629 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8630 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8631 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8633 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8635 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8637 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8638 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8639 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8640 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8642 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8644 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8646 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8648 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8649 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8650 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8651 follows:
8652 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8653 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8655 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8657 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8658 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8659 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8660 follows:
8661 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8662 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8664 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8666 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8667 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8668 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8669 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8670 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8672 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8674 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8675 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8676 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8677 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8678 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8679 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8681 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8683 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8685 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8686 Merge two files without ancestor.
8688 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8690 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8691 Merge two files with ancestor.
8693 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8695 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8697 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8698 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8700 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8702 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8703 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8705 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8707 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8708 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8709 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8710 buffer.
8712 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8714 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8715 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8716 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8717 buffer.
8719 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8721 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8722 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8723 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8724 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8726 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8728 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8729 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8730 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8731 and don't ask the user.
8732 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8733 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8735 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8737 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8738 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8739 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8740 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8741 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8742 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8743 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8744 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8746 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8748 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8750 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8752 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8753 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8754 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8755 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8756 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8758 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8760 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8762 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8763 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8764 When called interactively, displays the version.
8766 \(fn)" t nil)
8768 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8769 Display Ediff's manual.
8770 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8772 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8774 ;;;***
8776 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8777 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
8778 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8780 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8781 Not documented
8783 \(fn)" t nil)
8785 ;;;***
8787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17842 58280))
8788 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8790 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8791 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8793 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8795 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8797 ;;;***
8799 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8800 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
8801 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8803 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8804 Display Ediff's registry.
8806 \(fn)" t nil)
8808 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8810 ;;;***
8812 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8813 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17846 30361))
8814 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8816 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8817 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8818 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8819 which see.
8821 \(fn)" t nil)
8823 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8824 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8825 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8826 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8828 \(fn)" t nil)
8830 ;;;***
8832 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8833 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8834 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
8835 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8837 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8838 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8839 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8841 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8842 Edit a keyboard macro.
8843 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8844 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8845 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8846 its command name.
8847 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8849 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8851 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8852 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8854 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8856 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8857 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8859 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8861 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8862 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8863 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8864 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8865 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8866 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8868 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8869 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8870 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8871 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8873 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8875 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8876 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8877 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8878 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8879 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8880 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8882 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8884 ;;;***
8886 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8887 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17842 54264))
8888 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8890 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8891 Set scroll margins.
8892 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8893 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8895 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8897 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8898 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8900 \(fn)" t nil)
8902 ;;;***
8904 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8905 ;;;;;; (17873 45892))
8906 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8908 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8909 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8910 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8911 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8912 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8913 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8914 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8916 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8917 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8919 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8920 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8921 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8922 this value is non-nil.
8924 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8925 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8926 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8928 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8929 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8930 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8932 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8934 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8935 Not documented
8937 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8939 ;;;***
8941 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8942 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17842 54152))
8943 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8945 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8946 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8948 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8950 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8951 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8952 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8953 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8954 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8955 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8956 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8958 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8962 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8963 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8965 \(fn)" t nil)
8967 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8968 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8969 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8970 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8971 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8972 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8973 arg list.
8975 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8976 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8978 ;;;***
8980 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17842
8981 ;;;;;; 58279))
8982 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8984 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8985 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8987 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8988 an elided material again.
8990 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8994 ;;;***
8996 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8997 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
8998 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9000 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
9001 Initialize elint.
9003 \(fn)" t nil)
9005 ;;;***
9007 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
9008 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17842
9009 ;;;;;; 54152))
9010 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9012 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
9013 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9014 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9016 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9018 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
9019 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9020 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9022 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9024 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
9025 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9026 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9028 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9030 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9032 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
9033 Display current profiling results.
9034 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9035 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
9036 displayed.
9038 \(fn)" t nil)
9040 ;;;***
9042 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9043 ;;;;;; (17907 23437))
9044 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9046 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
9047 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9048 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9050 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9052 ;;;***
9054 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9055 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9056 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9057 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9058 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17166 62192))
9059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9061 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9062 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9063 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9064 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9065 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9066 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9067 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9068 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9069 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9070 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9071 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9072 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9073 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9074 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9075 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9076 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9078 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9079 Run Emerge on two files.
9081 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9083 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9084 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9086 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9088 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9089 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9091 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9093 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9094 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9096 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9098 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9099 Not documented
9101 \(fn)" nil nil)
9103 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9104 Not documented
9106 \(fn)" nil nil)
9108 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9109 Not documented
9111 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9113 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9114 Not documented
9116 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9118 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9119 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9121 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9123 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9124 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9126 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9128 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9129 Not documented
9131 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9133 ;;;***
9135 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9136 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
9137 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9139 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9140 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9141 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9142 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9143 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9144 or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9146 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9148 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9149 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9150 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9152 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9153 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9154 automatically.
9156 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9157 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9158 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9162 ;;;***
9164 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9165 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17842 58277))
9166 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9168 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9169 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9170 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9171 text/enriched format.
9172 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9174 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9175 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9177 Commands:
9179 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9183 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9184 Not documented
9186 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9188 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9189 Not documented
9191 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9193 ;;;***
9195 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9196 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (17935 53318))
9197 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9199 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9200 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9202 \(fn)" nil nil)
9204 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9205 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9206 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9208 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9210 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9211 (server (erc-compute-server))
9212 (port (erc-compute-port))
9213 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9214 password
9215 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9217 That is, if called with
9219 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9221 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9222 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9223 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9225 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9227 (defalias (quote erc-select) (quote erc))
9229 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9230 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9231 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9232 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9234 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9236 ;;;***
9238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17935
9239 ;;;;;; 53318))
9240 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9241 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9243 ;;;***
9245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17935 53318))
9246 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9247 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9249 ;;;***
9251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (17935 53318))
9252 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9253 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9255 ;;;***
9257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17935 53318))
9258 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9259 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9261 ;;;***
9263 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9264 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17842 54344))
9265 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9267 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9268 Parser for /dcc command.
9269 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9270 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9271 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9273 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9275 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9276 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9278 \(fn)" nil nil)
9280 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9281 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9283 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9284 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9285 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9286 that subcommand.
9288 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9290 ;;;***
9292 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9293 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9294 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9295 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9296 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9297 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9299 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9300 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9302 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9304 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9305 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9306 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9307 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9309 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9311 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9312 Not documented
9314 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9316 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9317 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9319 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9321 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9322 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9324 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9326 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9327 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9329 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9331 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9332 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9334 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9336 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9337 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9339 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9341 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9342 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9344 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9346 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9347 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9349 \(fn)" nil nil)
9351 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9352 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9354 \(fn)" nil nil)
9356 ;;;***
9358 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17935
9359 ;;;;;; 53318))
9360 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9361 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9363 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9364 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9365 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9367 \(fn)" nil nil)
9369 ;;;***
9371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17842
9372 ;;;;;; 54344))
9373 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9374 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9376 ;;;***
9378 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9379 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17935 53318))
9380 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9381 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9383 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9384 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9385 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9386 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9387 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9388 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9389 system.
9391 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9393 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9394 Not documented
9396 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9398 ;;;***
9400 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9401 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9402 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9404 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9405 Not documented
9407 \(fn)" nil nil)
9409 ;;;***
9411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17842 54344))
9412 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9413 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9415 ;;;***
9417 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9418 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17935 53318))
9419 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9420 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9422 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9423 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9424 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9425 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9426 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9427 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9429 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9431 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9432 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9433 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9434 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9436 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9437 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9438 automatically.
9440 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9441 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9443 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9445 ;;;***
9447 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9448 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9449 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9450 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9451 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9452 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9454 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9455 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9457 \(fn)" t nil)
9459 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9460 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9462 \(fn)" t nil)
9464 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9465 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9467 \(fn)" t nil)
9469 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9470 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9472 \(fn)" t nil)
9474 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9475 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9477 \(fn)" t nil)
9479 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9480 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9482 \(fn)" t nil)
9484 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9485 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9487 \(fn)" t nil)
9489 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9490 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9492 \(fn)" t nil)
9494 ;;;***
9496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (17935 53318))
9497 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9498 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9500 ;;;***
9502 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9503 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9504 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9505 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9507 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9508 Show who's gone.
9510 \(fn)" nil nil)
9512 ;;;***
9514 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9515 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17935 53318))
9516 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9518 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9519 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9520 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9521 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9523 \(fn)" nil nil)
9525 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9526 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9528 \(fn)" t nil)
9530 ;;;***
9532 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9533 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17935 53318))
9534 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9535 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9537 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9538 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9539 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9540 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9542 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9544 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9545 Not documented
9547 \(fn)" nil nil)
9549 ;;;***
9551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17842 54344))
9552 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9553 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9555 ;;;***
9557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17935
9558 ;;;;;; 53318))
9559 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9560 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9562 ;;;***
9564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17842 54344))
9565 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9566 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9568 ;;;***
9570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17935 53318))
9571 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9572 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9574 ;;;***
9576 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9577 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17935 53318))
9578 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9579 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9581 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9582 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9584 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9586 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9587 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9588 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9590 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9592 ;;;***
9594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17842 54344))
9595 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9596 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9598 ;;;***
9600 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9601 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9602 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9604 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9605 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9606 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9608 \(fn)" t nil)
9610 ;;;***
9612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17935
9613 ;;;;;; 53318))
9614 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9615 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9617 ;;;***
9619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17935 53318))
9620 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9621 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9623 ;;;***
9625 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9626 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9627 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9629 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9630 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9631 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
9633 (custom-autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" nil)
9635 (autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "\
9636 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9637 mode line.
9639 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9640 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9641 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9644 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9646 ;;;***
9648 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9649 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17842 54344))
9650 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9651 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9653 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9654 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9655 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9656 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9658 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9660 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9661 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9662 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9664 \(fn)" t nil)
9666 ;;;***
9668 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9669 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9670 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9672 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9673 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9675 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9677 ;;;***
9679 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17914
9680 ;;;;;; 52082))
9681 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9683 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9684 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9686 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9688 \(fn)" nil nil)
9690 ;;;***
9692 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17842
9693 ;;;;;; 54411))
9694 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9696 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9697 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9701 ;;;***
9703 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9704 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17842 54411))
9705 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9707 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9708 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9709 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9710 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9711 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9712 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9713 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9714 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9715 buffer selected (or created).
9717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9719 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9720 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9721 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9723 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9725 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9726 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9727 The result might be any Lisp object.
9728 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9729 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9730 corresponding to a successful execution.
9732 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9734 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9735 Report a bug in Eshell.
9736 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9737 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9739 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9741 ;;;***
9743 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9744 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9745 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9746 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9747 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9748 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9749 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9750 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
9751 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9753 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9754 *File name of tags table.
9755 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9756 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9757 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9758 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9760 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9761 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9762 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9763 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9765 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9767 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9768 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9769 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9770 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9771 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9772 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9774 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9776 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9777 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9778 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9779 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9780 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9781 `auto-compression-mode').")
9783 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9785 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9786 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9787 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9788 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9789 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9791 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9793 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9794 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9795 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9796 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9798 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9800 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9801 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9802 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9803 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9804 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9806 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9808 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9809 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9811 \(fn)" t nil)
9813 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9814 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9815 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9816 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9818 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9819 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9820 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9821 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9822 file the tag was in.
9824 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9826 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9827 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9828 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9829 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9830 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9831 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9832 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9833 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9834 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9836 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9838 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9839 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9840 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9841 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9842 without directory names.
9844 \(fn)" nil nil)
9846 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9847 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9848 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9849 but does not select the buffer.
9850 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9852 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9853 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9854 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9855 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9856 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9858 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9860 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9861 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9862 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9864 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9866 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9868 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9869 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9870 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9871 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9873 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9874 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9875 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9876 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9877 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9879 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9881 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9882 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9883 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9885 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9887 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9888 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9890 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9891 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9892 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9893 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9894 around or before point.
9896 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9897 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9898 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9899 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9900 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9902 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9904 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9905 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9906 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9908 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9910 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9911 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9913 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9914 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9915 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9916 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9917 around or before point.
9919 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9920 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9921 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9922 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9923 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9925 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9927 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9928 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9929 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9931 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9933 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9934 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9936 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9937 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9938 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9940 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9941 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9942 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9943 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9944 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9946 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9948 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9949 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9950 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9952 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9954 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9955 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9956 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9958 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9959 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9961 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9962 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9963 where they were found.
9965 \(fn)" t nil)
9967 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9968 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9970 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9971 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9972 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9974 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9975 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9977 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9978 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9980 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9982 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9983 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9984 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9985 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9987 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9988 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9989 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9990 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9991 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9993 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9994 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9996 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9997 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9998 Stops when a match is found.
9999 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10001 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10003 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
10005 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
10006 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
10007 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
10008 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
10009 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10011 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10013 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
10015 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
10016 Display list of tags in file FILE.
10017 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
10018 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
10019 directory specification.
10021 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
10023 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
10024 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
10026 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10028 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
10029 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
10030 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
10031 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
10033 \(fn)" t nil)
10035 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
10036 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
10037 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
10038 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
10039 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
10041 \(fn)" t nil)
10043 ;;;***
10045 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
10046 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
10047 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
10048 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
10049 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
10050 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
10051 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
10052 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17842 58278))
10053 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
10055 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
10056 Not documented
10058 \(fn)" nil nil)
10060 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
10061 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10062 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
10063 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10065 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
10066 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10067 language.
10069 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
10070 even if the buffer is read-only.
10072 See also the descriptions of the variables
10073 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10074 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10076 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10078 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10079 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10081 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10082 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10084 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10085 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10086 language.
10088 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10089 buffer is read-only.
10091 See also the descriptions of the variables
10092 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10093 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10095 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10097 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10098 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10099 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10103 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10104 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10106 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10107 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10109 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10110 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10114 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10115 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10116 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10117 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10119 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10121 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10122 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10123 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10124 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10126 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10127 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10128 the primary language.
10130 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10131 buffer is read-only.
10133 See also the descriptions of the variables
10134 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10135 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10137 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10139 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10140 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10141 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10142 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10144 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10145 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10146 primary language.
10148 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10149 buffer is read-only.
10151 See also the descriptions of the variables
10152 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10153 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10155 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10157 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10158 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10159 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10163 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10164 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10166 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10167 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10168 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10169 3) convert the body into SERA.
10171 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10173 \(fn)" t nil)
10175 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10176 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10177 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10179 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10181 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10182 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10184 \(fn)" t nil)
10186 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10187 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10189 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10190 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10191 be 1, 2, or 3.
10193 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10194 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10195 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10197 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10199 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10201 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10202 Allow the user to input special characters.
10204 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10206 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10207 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10208 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10210 \(fn)" t nil)
10212 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10213 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10215 \(fn)" t nil)
10217 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10218 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10220 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10221 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10223 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10224 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10226 \(fn)" nil nil)
10228 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10229 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10231 \(fn)" nil nil)
10233 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10234 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10236 \(fn)" nil nil)
10238 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10239 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10241 \(fn)" nil nil)
10243 ;;;***
10245 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10246 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10247 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
10248 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10250 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10251 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10252 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10253 server for future sessions.
10255 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10257 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10258 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10259 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10261 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10263 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10264 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10265 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10267 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10269 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10270 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10271 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10272 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10273 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10274 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10275 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10276 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10277 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10278 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10279 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10280 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10282 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10284 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10285 Display a form to query the directory server.
10286 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10287 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10289 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10291 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10292 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10293 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10295 \(fn)" t nil)
10297 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10299 ;;;***
10301 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10302 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10303 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17842 55218))
10304 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10306 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10307 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10309 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10311 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10312 Display URL and make it clickable.
10314 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10316 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10317 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10319 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10321 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10322 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10324 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10326 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10327 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10329 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10331 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10332 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10334 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10336 ;;;***
10338 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10339 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17842 55218))
10340 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10342 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10343 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10344 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10346 \(fn)" t nil)
10348 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10349 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10351 \(fn)" t nil)
10353 ;;;***
10355 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10356 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
10357 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10359 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10360 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10362 \(fn)" t nil)
10364 ;;;***
10366 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17933
10367 ;;;;;; 14283))
10368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10370 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10371 Create an empty ewoc.
10373 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10375 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10376 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10377 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10378 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10379 `insert-before-markers'.
10381 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10382 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10383 respectively, of the ewoc.
10385 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10386 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10387 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10389 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10391 ;;;***
10393 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10394 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10395 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10396 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
10397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10399 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10400 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10401 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10403 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10405 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10406 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10407 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10408 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10409 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10411 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10413 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10414 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10415 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10416 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10417 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10418 executable.
10420 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10422 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10423 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10424 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10426 \(fn)" t nil)
10428 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10429 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10430 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10431 file modes.
10433 \(fn)" nil nil)
10435 ;;;***
10437 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10438 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10439 ;;;;;; (17925 52793))
10440 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10442 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10443 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10444 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10445 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10447 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10449 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10450 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10451 to generate such functions.
10453 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10454 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10455 beginning of the expanded text.
10457 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10458 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10459 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10460 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10462 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10464 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10466 (autoload (quote expand-abbrev-hook) "expand" "\
10467 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10468 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10470 \(fn)" nil nil)
10472 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10473 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10474 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10476 \(fn)" t nil)
10478 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10479 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10480 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10482 \(fn)" t nil)
10483 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10484 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10486 ;;;***
10488 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17842 56333))
10489 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10491 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10492 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10493 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10495 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10496 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10497 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10499 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10501 Key definitions:
10502 \\{f90-mode-map}
10504 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10506 `f90-do-indent'
10507 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10508 `f90-if-indent'
10509 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10510 `f90-type-indent'
10511 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10512 `f90-program-indent'
10513 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10514 (default 2).
10515 `f90-continuation-indent'
10516 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10517 `f90-comment-region'
10518 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10519 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10520 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10521 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10522 (default \"!\").
10523 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10524 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10525 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10526 `f90-break-delimiters'
10527 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10528 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10529 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10530 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10531 (default t).
10532 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10533 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10534 `f90-smart-end'
10535 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10536 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10537 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10538 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10539 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10540 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10541 `f90-leave-line-no'
10542 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10544 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10545 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10547 \(fn)" t nil)
10549 ;;;***
10551 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10552 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10553 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10554 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10555 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17842 58279))
10556 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10557 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10558 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10560 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10561 Menu keymap for faces.")
10563 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10565 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10566 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10568 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10570 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10571 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10573 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10575 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10576 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10578 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10580 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10581 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10583 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10585 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10586 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10588 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10590 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10591 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10593 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10595 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10597 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10599 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10601 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10602 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10604 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10605 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10606 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10607 to the faces to use for the next character
10608 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10609 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10611 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10612 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10613 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10614 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10615 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10616 preceding faces (including FACE).
10618 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10619 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10621 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10623 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10624 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10625 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10627 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10628 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10629 requested face.
10631 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10632 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10633 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10635 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10637 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10638 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10639 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10641 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10642 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10643 requested face.
10645 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10646 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10647 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10649 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10651 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10652 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10653 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10654 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10655 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10656 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10657 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10659 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10660 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10661 requested face.
10663 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10664 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10665 to insert cancels the specification.
10667 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10669 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10670 Make the region invisible.
10671 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10672 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10674 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10676 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10677 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10678 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10679 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10681 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10683 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10684 Make the region unmodifiable.
10685 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10686 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10688 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10690 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10691 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10693 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10695 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10696 Remove all text properties from the region.
10698 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10700 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10701 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10702 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10704 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10706 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10707 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10709 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10711 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10712 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10713 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10714 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10715 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10716 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10718 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10720 ;;;***
10722 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10723 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10724 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17888 29839))
10725 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10727 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10728 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10729 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10730 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10732 \(fn)" nil nil)
10734 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10735 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10739 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10740 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10741 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10742 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10746 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10747 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10748 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10749 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10750 backup file names and the like).
10752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10754 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10755 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10756 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10757 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10758 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10759 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10760 internally by feedmail):
10762 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10763 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10764 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10765 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10767 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10768 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10769 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10770 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10771 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10773 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10775 ;;;***
10777 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10778 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17943 4602))
10779 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10781 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10782 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10783 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10784 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10785 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10786 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10787 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10789 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10791 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10792 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10793 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10794 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10795 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10796 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10797 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10799 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10801 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10803 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10804 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10805 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10806 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10807 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10808 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10810 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10812 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10813 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10814 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10815 Return value:
10816 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10817 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10818 * otherwise, nil
10820 \(fn E)" t nil)
10822 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10823 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10825 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10827 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10828 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10830 \(fn)" t nil)
10832 ;;;***
10834 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10835 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10836 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10837 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17842 58279))
10838 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10840 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10841 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10842 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10843 be added to the cache.
10845 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10847 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10848 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10849 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10850 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10851 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10853 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10855 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10856 Add FILE to the file cache.
10858 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10860 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10861 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10862 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10864 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10866 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10867 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10868 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10870 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10872 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10873 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10874 This function does not use any external programs
10875 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10876 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10877 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10879 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10881 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10882 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10883 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10884 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10885 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10886 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10887 \(directories) is done.
10889 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10890 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10891 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10892 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10894 ;;;***
10896 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17842
10897 ;;;;;; 58279))
10898 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10900 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10901 Filesets initialization.
10902 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10904 \(fn)" nil nil)
10906 ;;;***
10908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17852 19718))
10909 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10910 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10912 ;;;***
10914 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10915 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10916 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
10917 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10919 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10920 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10921 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10922 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10923 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10925 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10927 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10928 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10929 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10930 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10931 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10933 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10935 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10936 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10937 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10938 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10940 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10942 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10943 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10944 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10946 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10948 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10949 as the final argument.
10951 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10953 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10954 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10955 and run dired on those files.
10956 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10957 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10959 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10961 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10963 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10964 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10965 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10967 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10969 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10971 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10973 ;;;***
10975 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10976 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10977 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
10978 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10980 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10981 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10982 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10983 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10984 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10985 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10986 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10988 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10989 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10990 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10992 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10994 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10996 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10998 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10999 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11000 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
11002 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
11003 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
11005 Variables of interest include:
11007 - `ff-case-fold-search'
11008 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
11009 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
11011 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
11012 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
11013 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
11015 - `ff-ignore-include'
11016 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
11018 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
11019 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
11021 - `ff-quiet-mode'
11022 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
11024 - `ff-special-constructs'
11025 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
11026 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
11027 extracting the filename from that construct.
11029 - `ff-other-file-alist'
11030 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
11032 - `ff-search-directories'
11033 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
11034 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
11036 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
11037 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11039 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11040 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11042 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11043 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11045 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11046 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11048 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11049 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11051 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11053 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11054 Visit the file you click on.
11056 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11058 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
11059 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11061 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11063 ;;;***
11065 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11066 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11067 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11068 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11069 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11070 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11071 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17842 54152))
11072 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11074 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11075 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11077 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11079 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11080 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11081 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11082 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11084 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11085 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11086 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11087 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11089 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11091 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11092 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11094 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11095 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11096 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11097 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11099 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11100 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11101 in `load-path'.
11103 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11105 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11106 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11108 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11109 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11110 places point before the definition.
11111 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11113 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11114 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11115 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11117 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11119 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11120 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11122 See `find-function' for more details.
11124 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11126 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11127 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11129 See `find-function' for more details.
11131 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11133 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11134 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11136 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11137 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11138 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11140 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11141 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11143 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11145 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11146 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11148 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11149 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11150 places point before the definition.
11152 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11154 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11155 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11156 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11158 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11160 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11161 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11163 See `find-variable' for more details.
11165 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11167 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11168 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11170 See `find-variable' for more details.
11172 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11174 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11175 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11176 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11177 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11178 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11179 buffer nor display it.
11181 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11182 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11184 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11186 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11187 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11189 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11190 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11191 places point before the definition.
11193 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11195 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11196 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11197 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11199 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11201 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11202 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11203 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11205 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11207 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11208 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11210 \(fn)" t nil)
11212 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11213 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11215 \(fn)" t nil)
11217 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11218 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11220 \(fn)" nil nil)
11222 ;;;***
11224 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11225 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17893 23802))
11226 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11228 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11229 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11231 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11233 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11234 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11236 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11238 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11239 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11241 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11243 ;;;***
11245 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11246 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17842 58279))
11247 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11249 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11250 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11252 \(fn)" t nil)
11254 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11255 Display FILE's commentary section.
11256 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11258 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11260 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11261 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11263 \(fn)" t nil)
11265 ;;;***
11267 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11268 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17842 58279))
11269 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11271 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11272 Toggle flow control handling.
11273 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11274 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11276 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11278 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11279 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11280 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11281 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11282 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11283 to get the effect of a C-q.
11285 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11287 ;;;***
11289 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11290 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
11291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11293 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11294 Not documented
11296 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11298 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11299 Not documented
11301 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11303 ;;;***
11305 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11306 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17934 27588))
11307 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11309 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11310 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11311 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11312 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11316 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11317 Turn flymake mode on.
11319 \(fn)" nil nil)
11321 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11322 Turn flymake mode off.
11324 \(fn)" nil nil)
11326 ;;;***
11328 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11329 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11330 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17942 63381))
11331 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11333 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11334 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11336 \(fn)" t nil)
11337 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11339 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11340 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11341 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11342 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11343 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11344 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11346 Bindings:
11347 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11348 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11349 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11350 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11352 Hooks:
11353 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11355 Remark:
11356 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11357 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11358 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11360 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11361 consider adding:
11362 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11363 in your .emacs file.
11365 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11366 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11370 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11371 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11373 \(fn)" nil nil)
11375 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11376 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11378 \(fn)" nil nil)
11380 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11381 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11383 \(fn)" nil nil)
11385 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11386 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11388 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11390 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11391 Flyspell whole buffer.
11393 \(fn)" t nil)
11395 ;;;***
11397 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11398 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11399 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
11400 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11402 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11403 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11405 \(fn)" t nil)
11407 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11408 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11410 \(fn)" t nil)
11412 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11413 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11415 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11416 of two major techniques:
11418 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11419 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11420 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11422 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11423 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11424 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11425 movement commands.
11427 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11428 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11429 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11430 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11431 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11432 mileage may vary).
11434 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11435 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11437 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11439 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11440 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11441 \(This is the default.)
11443 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11444 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11446 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11447 \\{follow-mode-map}
11449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11451 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11452 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11454 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11455 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11456 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11457 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11458 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11459 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11461 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11462 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11463 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11465 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11466 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11467 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11471 ;;;***
11473 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17954
11474 ;;;;;; 24686))
11475 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11477 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11478 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11479 \\<message-mode-map>
11480 key binding
11481 --- -------
11483 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11484 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11485 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11486 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11487 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11488 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11492 ;;;***
11494 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11495 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17842 58279))
11496 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11498 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11499 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11501 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11502 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11503 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11504 C-c < forms-first-record <
11505 C-c > forms-last-record >
11506 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11507 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11508 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11509 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11510 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11511 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11512 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11513 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11514 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11515 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11517 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11519 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11520 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11522 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11524 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11525 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11527 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11529 ;;;***
11531 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11532 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17842 56333))
11533 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11535 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11536 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11537 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11538 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11539 with a character in column 6.")
11541 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11543 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11544 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11545 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11547 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11548 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11550 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11552 Key definitions:
11553 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11555 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11557 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11558 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11559 `fortran-do-indent'
11560 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11561 `fortran-if-indent'
11562 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11563 `fortran-structure-indent'
11564 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11565 (default 3)
11566 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11567 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11568 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11569 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11570 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11571 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11572 nil don't change the indentation
11573 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11574 value of either
11575 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11576 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11577 depending on the continuation format in use.
11578 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11579 indentation for a line of code.
11580 (default 'fixed)
11581 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11582 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11583 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11584 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11585 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11586 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11587 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11588 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11589 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11590 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11591 column 5.
11592 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11593 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11594 statements (default nil).
11595 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11596 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11597 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11598 `fortran-continuation-string'
11599 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11600 line (default \"$\").
11601 `fortran-comment-region'
11602 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11603 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11604 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11605 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11606 as typed (default t).
11607 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11608 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11610 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11611 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11613 \(fn)" t nil)
11615 ;;;***
11617 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11618 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17842 55395))
11619 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11621 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11622 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11624 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11625 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11627 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11629 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11630 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11632 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11633 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11635 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11637 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11638 Compile fortune file.
11640 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11641 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11643 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11645 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11646 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11648 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11649 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11650 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11651 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11653 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11655 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11656 Display a fortune cookie.
11658 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11659 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11660 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11661 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11663 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11665 ;;;***
11667 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11668 ;;;;;; (17941 38806))
11669 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11671 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11672 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11673 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11674 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11676 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11677 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11678 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11679 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11681 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11682 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11683 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11684 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11685 some of the buffers.
11687 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11689 The following commands help control operation :
11691 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11692 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11694 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11695 detailed description of this mode.
11698 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11699 | GDB Toolbar |
11700 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11701 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11702 | | |
11703 | | |
11704 | | |
11705 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11706 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11707 | | (comint-mode) |
11708 | | |
11709 | | |
11710 | | |
11711 | | |
11712 | | |
11713 | | |
11714 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11715 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11716 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11717 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11718 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11719 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11721 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11723 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11724 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11726 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11728 ;;;***
11730 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11731 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17842
11732 ;;;;;; 54152))
11733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11735 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11736 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11737 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11738 instead (which see).")
11740 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11741 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11743 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11744 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11745 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11746 documentation string instead.
11748 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11749 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11750 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11751 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11752 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11753 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11754 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11755 enders are actually possible.
11757 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11758 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11760 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11761 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11762 `font-lock-keywords'.
11764 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11765 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11766 runs the macro expansion.
11768 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11769 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11770 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11772 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11774 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11776 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11777 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11779 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11781 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11782 Enter generic mode MODE.
11784 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11785 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11786 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11788 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11789 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11791 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11793 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11794 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11795 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11796 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11797 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11798 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11799 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11800 `font-lock-keywords'.
11802 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11804 ;;;***
11806 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11807 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
11808 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11810 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11811 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11812 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11813 at places they belong to.
11815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11817 ;;;***
11819 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11820 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17934 27588))
11821 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11823 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11824 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11826 Guideline for numbers:
11827 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11828 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11829 inside loops.
11831 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11833 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11834 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11835 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11837 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11839 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11840 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11842 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11844 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11845 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11847 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11848 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11849 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11850 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11851 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11852 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11854 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11855 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11856 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11857 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11858 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11860 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11862 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11864 ;;;***
11866 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11867 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17842 54741))
11868 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11869 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11870 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11872 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11873 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11877 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11878 Read network news.
11879 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11880 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11881 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11882 name of an NNTP server to use.
11883 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11884 server.
11886 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11888 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11889 Read news as a slave.
11891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11893 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11894 Pop up a frame to read news.
11895 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11896 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11897 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11898 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11899 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11900 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11901 current display is used.
11903 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11905 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11906 Read network news.
11907 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11908 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11909 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11911 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11913 ;;;***
11915 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11916 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11917 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11918 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11919 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11920 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17842 54741))
11921 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11923 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11924 Start Gnus unplugged.
11926 \(fn)" t nil)
11928 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11929 Start Gnus plugged.
11931 \(fn)" t nil)
11933 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11934 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11938 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11939 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11941 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11942 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11943 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11945 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11946 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11947 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11949 \(fn)" t nil)
11951 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11952 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11954 \(fn)" nil nil)
11956 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11957 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11958 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11959 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11960 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11961 supported.
11963 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11965 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11966 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11967 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11968 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11969 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11970 supported.
11972 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11974 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11975 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11977 \(fn)" nil nil)
11979 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11980 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11981 downloaded into the agent.
11983 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11985 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11986 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11987 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11988 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11990 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11992 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11993 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11995 \(fn)" t nil)
11997 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11998 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12000 \(fn)" t nil)
12002 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
12003 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12004 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
12006 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12008 ;;;***
12010 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
12011 ;;;;;; (17938 29201))
12012 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12014 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
12015 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12017 \(fn)" nil nil)
12019 ;;;***
12021 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
12022 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
12025 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
12026 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
12028 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12030 ;;;***
12032 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12033 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12034 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17842
12035 ;;;;;; 54741))
12036 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12038 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
12039 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12041 Usage:
12042 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12044 \(fn)" t nil)
12046 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
12047 Generate the cache active file.
12049 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12051 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
12052 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12054 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12056 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12057 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12058 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12059 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12060 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12061 supported.
12063 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12065 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12066 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12067 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12068 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12069 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12070 supported.
12072 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12074 ;;;***
12076 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12077 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17842 54741))
12078 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12080 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12081 Delay this article by some time.
12082 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12084 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12085 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12087 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12088 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12090 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12091 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12093 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12095 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12096 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12098 \(fn)" t nil)
12100 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12101 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12102 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12103 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12105 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12106 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12108 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12110 ;;;***
12112 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12113 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17842 54741))
12114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12116 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12117 Not documented
12119 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12121 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12122 Not documented
12124 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12126 ;;;***
12128 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12129 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12130 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12132 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12133 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12135 \(fn)" nil nil)
12137 ;;;***
12139 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12140 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12141 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12143 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12144 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12146 \(fn)" t nil)
12148 ;;;***
12150 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12151 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12152 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17842
12153 ;;;;;; 54741))
12154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12156 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12157 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12159 \(fn)" t nil)
12161 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12162 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12164 \(fn)" t nil)
12166 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12167 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12169 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12171 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12172 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12174 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12176 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12177 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12178 The PNG is returned as a string.
12180 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12182 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12183 Convert FILE to a Face.
12184 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12185 726 bytes.
12187 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12189 ;;;***
12191 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12192 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17842 54741))
12193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12195 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12196 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12197 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12199 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12201 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12202 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12204 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12206 ;;;***
12208 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12209 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12212 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12214 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12215 Run batched scoring.
12216 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12218 \(fn)" t nil)
12220 ;;;***
12222 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12223 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12224 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12225 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12227 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12228 Not documented
12230 \(fn)" nil nil)
12232 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12233 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12234 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12236 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12238 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12239 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12241 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12245 ;;;***
12247 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12248 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12249 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12252 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12253 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12254 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12255 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12256 group parameters.
12258 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12259 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12260 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12261 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12263 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12264 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12265 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12266 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12267 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12268 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12269 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12270 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12271 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12272 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12274 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12276 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12277 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12278 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12279 nil CATCH-ALL).
12281 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12282 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12284 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12286 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12287 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12288 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12290 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12292 \(fn)" nil nil)
12294 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12295 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12296 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12298 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12300 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12301 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12302 existing groups are considered.
12304 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12305 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12306 returned.
12308 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12309 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12310 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12311 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12312 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12313 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12314 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12315 clauses will be generated.
12317 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12318 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12319 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12320 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12321 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12322 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12324 For example, given the following group parameters:
12326 nnml:mail.bar:
12327 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12328 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12329 nnml:mail.foo:
12330 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12331 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12332 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12333 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12334 nnml:mail.others:
12335 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12337 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12339 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12340 \"mail.bar\")
12341 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12342 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12343 \"mail.others\")
12345 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12347 ;;;***
12349 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12350 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12353 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12354 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12355 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12357 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12359 ;;;***
12361 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12362 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17949 41467))
12363 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12365 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12366 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12367 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12368 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12370 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12372 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12373 Mail to ADDRESS.
12375 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12377 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12378 Like `message-reply'.
12380 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12382 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12384 ;;;***
12386 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12387 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17842 54741))
12388 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12390 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12391 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12393 \(fn)" t nil)
12395 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12396 Load the NoCeM cache.
12398 \(fn)" t nil)
12400 ;;;***
12402 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12403 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12404 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12407 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12408 Display picons in the From header.
12409 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12411 \(fn)" t nil)
12413 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12414 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12415 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12417 \(fn)" t nil)
12419 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12420 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12421 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12423 \(fn)" t nil)
12425 ;;;***
12427 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12428 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12429 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12430 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12431 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17842 54741))
12432 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12434 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12435 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12436 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12437 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12439 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12441 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12442 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12443 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12444 LIST1 is modified.
12446 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12448 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12449 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12450 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12452 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12454 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12455 Not documented
12457 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12459 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12460 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12461 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12463 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12465 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12466 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12467 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12469 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12471 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12473 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12474 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12475 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12477 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12479 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12480 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12481 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12483 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12485 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12486 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12487 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12489 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12491 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12492 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12494 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12496 ;;;***
12498 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12499 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17934 27588))
12500 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12502 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12503 Not documented
12505 \(fn)" t nil)
12507 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12508 Install the registry hooks.
12510 \(fn)" t nil)
12512 ;;;***
12514 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12515 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17842
12516 ;;;;;; 54741))
12517 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12519 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12520 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12521 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12522 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12523 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12524 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12526 \(fn)" t nil)
12528 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12529 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12530 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12531 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12532 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12534 \(fn)" t nil)
12536 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12537 Not documented
12539 \(fn)" t nil)
12541 ;;;***
12543 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12544 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12545 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12547 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12548 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12549 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12550 for matching on group names.
12552 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12553 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12555 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12557 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12559 \(fn)" t nil)
12561 ;;;***
12563 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12564 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12567 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12568 Update the format specification near point.
12570 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12572 ;;;***
12574 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12575 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17842
12576 ;;;;;; 54741))
12577 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12579 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12580 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12582 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12584 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12585 Not documented
12587 \(fn)" nil nil)
12589 ;;;***
12591 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12592 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12593 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12595 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12596 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12598 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12600 ;;;***
12602 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17941 38806))
12603 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12605 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12606 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12608 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12609 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12610 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12612 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12613 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12614 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12616 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12617 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12619 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12620 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12622 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12624 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12626 ;;;***
12628 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12629 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17842 55218))
12630 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12632 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12634 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12635 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12636 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12637 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12638 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12640 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12642 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12643 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12644 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12645 or to send e-mail.
12646 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12647 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12649 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12650 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12652 \(fn)" t nil)
12653 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12655 ;;;***
12657 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12658 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12659 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17944 20144))
12660 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12662 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12663 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12665 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12667 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12668 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12669 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12670 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12671 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12673 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12674 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12676 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12678 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12679 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12680 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12681 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12683 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12685 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12686 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12688 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12690 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12691 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12693 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12694 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12695 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12697 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12698 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12699 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12701 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12702 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12703 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12704 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12705 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12707 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12709 (defvar grep-history nil)
12711 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12713 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12714 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12715 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12717 \(fn)" nil nil)
12719 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12720 Not documented
12722 \(fn)" nil nil)
12724 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12725 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12727 \(fn)" nil nil)
12729 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12730 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12731 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12732 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12733 where grep found matches.
12735 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12736 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12738 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12739 easily repeat a grep command.
12741 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12742 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12743 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12744 if that history list is empty).
12746 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12748 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12749 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12750 Collect output in a buffer.
12751 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12752 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12754 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12755 easily repeat a find command.
12757 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12759 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12761 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12762 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12763 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12764 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12765 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12767 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12768 before it is executed.
12769 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12771 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12772 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12773 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12775 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12777 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12779 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12780 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12781 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12782 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12783 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12785 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12786 before it is executed.
12787 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12789 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12790 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12791 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12793 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12795 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12797 ;;;***
12799 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17842 58279))
12800 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12802 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12803 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12804 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12805 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12806 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12808 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12810 ;;;***
12812 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb)
12813 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17950 21759))
12814 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12816 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12817 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12818 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12819 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12820 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12821 `gdba' for more information.
12823 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12824 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12825 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12826 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12827 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12828 session.
12830 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12832 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12833 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12834 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12835 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12837 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12839 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12840 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12841 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12842 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12844 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12846 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12847 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12848 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12849 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12851 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12852 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12854 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12856 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12857 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12858 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12859 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12861 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12863 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12864 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12865 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12866 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12868 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12870 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12871 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12872 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12873 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12874 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12876 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12877 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12878 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12879 original source file access method.
12881 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12882 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12884 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12885 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12887 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12889 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12890 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12892 \(fn)" t nil)
12894 ;;;***
12896 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17842
12897 ;;;;;; 55395))
12898 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12900 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12901 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12902 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12903 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12905 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12906 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12907 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12908 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12910 \(fn)" t nil)
12912 ;;;***
12914 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12915 ;;;;;; (17742 40275))
12916 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12918 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12919 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12921 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12923 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12924 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12925 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12926 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12928 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12930 \(fn)" t nil)
12932 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12933 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12934 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12935 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12936 to be updated.
12938 \(fn)" t nil)
12940 ;;;***
12942 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12943 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12944 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12945 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17842 58279))
12946 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12948 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12949 Return the help-echo string at point.
12950 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12951 property, or nil, is returned.
12952 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12953 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12954 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12956 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12958 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12959 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12960 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12961 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12962 this produces no string either, return nil.
12964 \(fn)" nil nil)
12966 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12967 Display local help in the echo area.
12968 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12969 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12970 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12971 printed instead.
12973 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12974 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12975 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12979 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12980 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12981 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12983 \(fn)" t nil)
12985 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12986 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12987 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12989 \(fn)" t nil)
12991 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12992 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12993 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12994 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12995 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12996 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12997 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12998 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12999 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13000 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13001 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13003 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13004 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13005 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13006 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13007 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13009 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13010 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13011 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13012 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13013 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13014 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13015 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13016 The default is `never'.")
13018 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
13020 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13021 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13022 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13023 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13024 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13025 considered different regions.
13027 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13028 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13029 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13030 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13031 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13032 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13033 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13034 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13035 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13037 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13039 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13040 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13041 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13042 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13043 different regions.
13045 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13046 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13047 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13048 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13049 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13050 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13051 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13052 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13054 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13055 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13056 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13057 rarely happens in practice.
13059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13061 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13062 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13063 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13064 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13065 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13066 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13070 ;;;***
13072 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13073 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13074 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13075 ;;;;;; (17845 46651))
13076 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13078 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13079 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13081 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13083 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13084 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13085 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13087 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13089 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13090 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13092 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13094 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13095 Not documented
13097 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13099 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13100 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13101 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13102 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13104 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13106 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13107 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13108 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13109 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
13110 it is displayed along with the global value.
13112 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13114 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13115 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13116 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13117 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13119 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13121 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13122 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13123 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13124 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13125 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13127 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13129 ;;;***
13131 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13132 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
13133 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13135 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13136 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13137 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13138 and window listing and describing the options.
13139 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13140 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13142 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13144 ;;;***
13146 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13147 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13148 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17842 58279))
13149 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13151 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13152 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13153 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13154 Commands:
13155 \\{help-mode-map}
13157 \(fn)" t nil)
13159 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13160 Not documented
13162 \(fn)" nil nil)
13164 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13165 Not documented
13167 \(fn)" nil nil)
13169 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13170 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13172 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13173 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13174 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13175 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13177 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13178 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13179 restore it properly when going back.
13181 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13183 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13184 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13186 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13187 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13188 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13189 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13190 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13191 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13192 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13193 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13195 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13196 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13197 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13198 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13200 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13201 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13202 that.
13204 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13206 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13207 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13208 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13209 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13210 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13211 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13213 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13215 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13216 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13217 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13218 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13219 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13221 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13223 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13224 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13226 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13228 ;;;***
13230 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13231 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17842 54152))
13232 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13234 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13235 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13237 \(fn)" t nil)
13239 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13240 Provide help for current mode.
13242 \(fn)" t nil)
13244 ;;;***
13246 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13247 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17844 53657))
13248 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13250 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13251 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13252 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13253 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13254 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13256 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13257 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13259 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13260 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13261 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13262 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13264 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13265 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13266 periods.
13268 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13269 in hexl format.
13271 A sample format:
13273 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13274 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13275 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13276 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13277 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13278 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13279 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13280 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13281 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13282 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13283 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13284 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13285 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13286 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13287 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13289 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13290 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13291 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13293 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13294 also supported.
13296 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13298 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13299 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13300 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13302 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13303 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13304 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13306 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13307 into the buffer at the current point.
13309 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13310 into the buffer at the current point.
13312 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13313 into the buffer at the current point.
13315 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13317 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13318 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13320 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13322 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13326 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13327 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13328 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13329 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13331 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13333 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13334 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13335 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13337 \(fn)" t nil)
13339 ;;;***
13341 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13342 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13343 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13344 ;;;;;; (17860 50601))
13345 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13347 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13348 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13350 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13351 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13352 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13353 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13354 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13355 called interactively, are:
13357 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13358 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13360 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13361 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13362 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13363 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13365 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13366 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13368 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13369 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13371 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13372 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13373 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13374 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13375 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13376 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13378 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13379 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13381 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13382 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13383 Hi-lock: FOO
13384 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13385 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13386 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13387 Patterns will be read until
13388 Hi-lock: end
13389 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13393 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13394 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13395 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13396 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13397 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13398 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13400 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13402 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13403 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13404 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13405 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13406 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13410 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13412 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13413 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13415 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13416 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13417 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13418 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13420 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13422 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13424 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13425 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13427 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13428 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13429 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13430 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13432 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13434 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13436 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13437 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13439 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13440 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13442 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13444 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13446 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13447 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13449 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13450 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13451 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13452 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13453 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13455 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13457 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13458 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13460 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13461 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13462 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13464 \(fn)" t nil)
13466 ;;;***
13468 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13469 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17842 56333))
13470 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13472 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13473 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13474 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13475 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13476 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13477 how the hiding is done:
13479 `hide-ifdef-env'
13480 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13481 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13482 is used.
13484 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13485 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13486 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13487 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13488 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13490 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13491 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13492 #endif lines when hiding.
13494 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13495 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13496 is activated.
13498 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13499 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13500 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13502 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13506 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13507 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13509 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13511 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13512 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13514 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13516 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13517 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13519 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13521 ;;;***
13523 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13524 ;;;;;; (17934 43341))
13525 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13527 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13528 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13529 Each element has the form
13530 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13532 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13533 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13535 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13536 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13538 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13539 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13540 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13541 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13542 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13543 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13545 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13546 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13548 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13549 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13551 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13552 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13553 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13555 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13556 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13557 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13558 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13559 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13560 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13562 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13563 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13564 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13566 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13567 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13569 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13571 Key bindings:
13572 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13576 (autoload (quote turn-off-hideshow) "hideshow" "\
13577 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13579 \(fn)" nil nil)
13581 ;;;***
13583 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13584 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13585 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13586 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13587 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17842 58279))
13588 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13590 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13591 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13592 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13594 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13596 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13597 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13599 Without an argument:
13600 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13601 or passive state as determined by the variable
13602 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13603 and passive state.
13605 With an argument ARG:
13606 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13607 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13608 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13610 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13611 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13612 not displayed in a different face.
13614 Functions:
13615 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13616 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13617 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13618 buffer with the contents of a file
13619 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13620 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13621 various faces
13623 Hook variables:
13624 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13625 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13626 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13628 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13630 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13631 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13633 \(fn)" t nil)
13635 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13636 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13638 \(fn)" t nil)
13640 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13641 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13643 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13644 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13645 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13646 shown in the last face in the list.
13648 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13649 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13650 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13652 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13654 \(fn)" t nil)
13656 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13657 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13659 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13661 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13662 to save the file.
13664 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13665 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13667 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13668 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13669 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13671 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13673 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13674 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13676 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13677 this function is called interactively.
13679 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13680 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13681 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13683 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13684 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13685 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13687 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13689 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13690 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13692 When called interactively:
13693 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13694 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13695 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13696 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13698 When called from a program:
13699 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13700 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13701 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13702 - otherwise just turn it on
13704 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13705 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13706 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13707 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13711 ;;;***
13713 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13714 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13715 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13716 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13717 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17842 58279))
13718 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13720 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13721 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13722 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13723 or insert functions in this list.")
13725 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13727 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13728 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13730 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13732 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13733 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13735 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13737 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13738 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13740 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13742 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13743 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13745 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13747 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13748 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13749 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13751 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13753 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13754 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13755 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13756 \(as atoms)")
13758 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13760 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13761 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13762 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13763 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13764 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13766 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13768 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13769 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13770 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13771 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13772 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13773 expansions.
13774 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13775 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13776 undoes the expansion.
13778 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13780 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13781 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13782 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13783 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13785 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13787 ;;;***
13789 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13790 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
13791 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13793 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13794 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13795 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13797 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13798 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13799 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13800 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13801 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13803 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13804 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13805 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13806 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13810 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13811 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13812 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13813 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13814 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13815 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13817 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13819 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13820 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13821 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13823 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13824 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13828 ;;;***
13830 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13831 ;;;;;; (17842 53792))
13832 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13834 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13835 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13836 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13838 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13842 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13843 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13845 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13846 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13847 different list. For example,
13849 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13850 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13852 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13853 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13855 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13856 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13857 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13858 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13859 of a holiday list.
13861 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13863 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13865 ;;;***
13867 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17842
13868 ;;;;;; 54741))
13869 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13871 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13872 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13874 \(fn)" t nil)
13876 ;;;***
13878 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13879 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13880 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13881 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13882 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13883 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13884 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13885 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13886 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13887 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13888 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13889 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13890 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13891 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13892 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13893 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13894 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13895 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13896 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13897 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13898 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13899 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13900 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17842 58279))
13901 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13903 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13904 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13905 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13909 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13910 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13912 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13914 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13915 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13917 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13919 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13920 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13922 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13924 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13925 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13927 \(fn)" t nil)
13929 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13930 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13932 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13934 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13935 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13937 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13938 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13939 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13940 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13941 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13942 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13943 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13944 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13945 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13946 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13947 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13948 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13950 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13951 Not documented
13953 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13955 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13956 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13958 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13960 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13961 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13963 \(fn)" t nil)
13965 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13966 Remove the first filter group.
13968 \(fn)" t nil)
13970 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13971 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13973 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13975 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13976 Remove all filter groups.
13978 \(fn)" t nil)
13980 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13981 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13983 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13985 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13986 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13987 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13989 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13991 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13992 Kill the filter group at point.
13993 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13995 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13997 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13998 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14000 \(fn)" t nil)
14002 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14003 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14005 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14007 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14008 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14009 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14010 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14012 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14014 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14015 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14016 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14018 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14020 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14021 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14022 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
14023 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14024 of replacing the current filters.
14026 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14028 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
14029 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14031 \(fn)" t nil)
14033 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14034 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14036 \(fn)" t nil)
14038 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14039 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14041 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14042 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14043 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14045 \(fn)" t nil)
14047 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14048 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14050 \(fn)" t nil)
14052 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14053 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14055 \(fn)" t nil)
14057 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14058 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14059 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14060 filter into parts.
14062 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14064 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14065 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14066 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14068 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14070 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14071 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14073 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14075 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14076 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14078 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14080 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14081 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14082 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14083 of replacing the current filters.
14085 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14086 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14087 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14088 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14089 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14090 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14091 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14092 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14093 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14095 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14096 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14097 Default sorting modes are:
14098 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14099 Name - the name of the buffer
14100 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14101 Size - the size of the buffer
14103 \(fn)" t nil)
14105 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14106 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14108 \(fn)" t nil)
14109 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14110 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14111 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14112 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14114 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14115 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14117 \(fn)" t nil)
14119 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14120 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14121 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14122 for this Ibuffer session.
14124 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14126 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14127 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14128 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14129 for this Ibuffer session.
14131 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14133 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14134 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14136 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14137 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14139 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14140 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14142 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14144 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14145 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14147 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14148 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14150 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14152 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14153 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14155 \(fn)" t nil)
14157 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14158 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14160 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14161 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14162 hidden group filter, open it.
14164 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14165 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14166 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14168 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14170 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14171 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14172 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14174 \(fn)" t nil)
14176 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14177 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14179 The names are separated by a space.
14180 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14182 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14183 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14184 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14185 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14187 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14191 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14192 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14194 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14196 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14197 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14199 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14201 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14202 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14204 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14206 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14207 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14209 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14211 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14212 Mark all modified buffers.
14214 \(fn)" t nil)
14216 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14217 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14219 \(fn)" t nil)
14221 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14222 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14224 \(fn)" t nil)
14226 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14227 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14229 \(fn)" t nil)
14231 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14232 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14234 \(fn)" t nil)
14236 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14237 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14239 \(fn)" t nil)
14241 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14242 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14244 \(fn)" t nil)
14246 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14247 Mark all read-only buffers.
14249 \(fn)" t nil)
14251 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14252 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14254 \(fn)" t nil)
14256 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14257 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14258 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14259 defaults to one.
14261 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14263 ;;;***
14265 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14266 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17842
14267 ;;;;;; 58279))
14268 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14270 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14271 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14273 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14274 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14275 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14277 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14278 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14279 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14280 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14281 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14282 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14284 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14285 title of the column.
14287 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14288 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14289 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14290 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14291 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14293 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14295 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14296 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14297 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14298 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14299 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14301 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14302 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14303 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14305 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14307 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14308 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14309 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14310 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14311 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14312 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14314 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14315 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14316 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14317 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14318 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14319 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14320 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14321 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14322 values are:
14323 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14324 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14325 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14326 buffer's modification flag.
14327 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14328 prompted before performing this operation.
14329 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14330 operation is complete, in the form:
14331 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14332 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14333 confirmation message, in the form:
14334 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14335 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14336 macro for exactly what it does.
14338 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14340 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14341 Define a filter named NAME.
14342 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14343 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14344 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14346 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14347 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14348 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14349 bound to the current value of the filter.
14351 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14353 ;;;***
14355 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14356 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17842 58279))
14357 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14359 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14360 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14361 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14362 buffers which are visiting a file.
14364 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14366 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14367 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14368 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14369 buffers which are visiting a file.
14371 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14373 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14374 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14375 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14377 All arguments are optional.
14378 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14379 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14380 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14381 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14382 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14383 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14384 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14385 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14386 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14387 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14388 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14389 that value locally in this buffer.
14391 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14393 ;;;***
14395 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14396 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14397 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17921 16827))
14398 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14400 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14401 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14402 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14403 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14405 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14407 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14408 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14409 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14410 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14411 ICAL-FILENAME.
14412 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14413 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14414 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14416 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14418 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14419 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14420 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14421 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14422 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14423 non-marking or not.
14425 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14427 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14428 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14430 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14431 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14432 DIARY-FILE.
14434 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14435 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14436 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14438 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14439 non-marking.
14441 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14442 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14443 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14445 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14447 ;;;***
14449 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17907
14450 ;;;;;; 1407))
14451 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14453 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14454 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14455 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14456 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14457 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14458 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14460 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14462 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14463 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14464 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14468 ;;;***
14470 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17842 56333))
14471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14473 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14474 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14475 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14476 Tab indents for Icon code.
14477 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14478 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14479 \\{icon-mode-map}
14480 Variables controlling indentation style:
14481 icon-tab-always-indent
14482 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14483 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14484 icon-auto-newline
14485 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14486 inserted in Icon code.
14487 icon-indent-level
14488 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14489 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14490 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14491 icon-continued-statement-offset
14492 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14493 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14494 icon-continued-brace-offset
14495 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14496 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14497 icon-brace-offset
14498 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14499 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14500 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14501 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14503 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14504 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14506 \(fn)" t nil)
14508 ;;;***
14510 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14511 ;;;;;; (17935 59227))
14512 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14514 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14515 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14516 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14517 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14519 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14520 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14521 separate frames.
14523 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14524 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14526 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14527 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14528 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14530 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14532 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14534 ;;;***
14536 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14537 ;;;;;; (17935 59227))
14538 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14540 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14541 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14543 The main features of this mode are
14545 1. Indentation and Formatting
14546 --------------------------
14547 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14548 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14550 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14551 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14552 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14553 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14555 Comments are indented as follows:
14557 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14558 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14559 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14561 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14563 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14564 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14565 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14566 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14567 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14568 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14570 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14571 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14572 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14573 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14575 2. Routine Info
14576 ------------
14577 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14578 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14579 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14580 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14581 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14582 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14583 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14584 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14585 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14586 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14588 3. Online IDL Help
14589 ---------------
14591 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14592 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14593 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14594 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14596 4. Completion
14597 ----------
14598 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14599 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14600 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14601 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14602 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14603 upper case.
14605 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14606 --------------------------------
14607 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14608 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14610 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14611 \\fu FUNCTION template
14612 \\c CASE statement template
14613 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14614 \\f FOR loop template
14615 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14616 \\w WHILE loop template
14617 \\i IF statement template
14618 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14619 \\b BEGIN
14621 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14622 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14624 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14625 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14626 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14627 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14629 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14630 -------------------------
14631 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14632 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14634 7. Automatic END completion
14635 ------------------------
14636 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14637 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14639 8. Hooks
14640 -----
14641 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14642 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14644 9. Documentation and Customization
14645 -------------------------------
14646 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14647 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14648 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14649 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14650 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14652 10.Keybindings
14653 -----------
14654 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14655 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14656 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14658 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14660 \(fn)" t nil)
14661 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14663 ;;;***
14665 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14666 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14667 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14668 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14669 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14670 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14671 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14672 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17932
14673 ;;;;;; 16456))
14674 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14676 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14677 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14678 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14679 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14680 displaying...)
14681 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14682 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14683 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14685 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14686 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14688 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14690 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14691 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14692 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14693 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14694 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14695 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14696 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14697 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14698 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14700 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14702 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14703 Switch to another buffer.
14704 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14705 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14706 in another frame.
14708 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14709 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14710 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14711 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14712 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14714 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14715 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14717 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14718 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14720 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14721 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14722 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14723 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14724 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14725 in a separate window.
14726 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14727 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14728 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14729 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14730 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14731 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14732 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14733 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14734 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14736 \(fn)" t nil)
14738 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14739 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14740 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14741 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14743 \(fn)" t nil)
14745 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14746 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14747 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14748 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14750 \(fn)" t nil)
14752 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14753 Kill a buffer.
14754 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14755 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14757 \(fn)" t nil)
14759 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14760 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14761 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14762 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14764 \(fn)" t nil)
14766 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14767 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14768 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14769 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14771 \(fn)" t nil)
14773 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14774 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14776 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14778 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14779 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14780 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14781 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14782 visible in another frame.
14784 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14785 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14786 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14787 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14788 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14789 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14791 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14792 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14794 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14795 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14797 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14798 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14799 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14800 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14801 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14802 in a separate window.
14803 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14804 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14805 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14806 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14807 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14808 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14809 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14810 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14811 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14812 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14813 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14814 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14815 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14816 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14817 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14819 \(fn)" t nil)
14821 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14822 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14823 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14824 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14826 \(fn)" t nil)
14828 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14829 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14830 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14831 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14833 \(fn)" t nil)
14835 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14836 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14837 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14838 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14840 \(fn)" t nil)
14842 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14843 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14844 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14845 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14847 \(fn)" t nil)
14849 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14850 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14851 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14852 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14854 \(fn)" t nil)
14856 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14857 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14858 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14859 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14861 \(fn)" t nil)
14863 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14864 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14865 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14866 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14868 \(fn)" t nil)
14870 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14871 Write current buffer to a file.
14872 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14873 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14875 \(fn)" t nil)
14877 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14878 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14879 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14880 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14882 \(fn)" t nil)
14884 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14885 Call `dired' the ido way.
14886 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14887 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14889 \(fn)" t nil)
14891 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14892 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14893 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14894 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14895 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14896 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14898 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14900 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14901 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14902 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14903 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14905 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14907 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14908 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14909 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14910 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14912 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14914 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14915 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14916 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14917 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14918 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14919 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14920 with `completing-read'.
14921 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14922 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14923 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14924 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14925 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14926 with point positioned at the end.
14927 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14928 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14930 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14932 ;;;***
14934 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17842 58279))
14935 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14936 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14938 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14939 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14940 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14942 \(fn)" t nil)
14944 ;;;***
14946 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14947 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
14948 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14950 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14951 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14953 \(fn)" t nil)
14955 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14956 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14958 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14960 ;;;***
14962 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14963 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14964 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14965 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14966 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (17868 42568))
14967 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14969 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14970 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14971 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14972 be determined.
14974 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14976 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14977 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14978 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14979 be determined.
14981 \(fn)" nil nil)
14983 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14984 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14985 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14986 be determined.
14988 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14990 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14991 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14992 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14993 be determined.
14995 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14997 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
14998 Determine and return image type.
14999 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15000 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15001 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15002 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15003 use its file extension as image type.
15004 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15006 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15008 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
15009 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15010 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15012 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15014 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
15015 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15016 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
15018 First, compare the beginning of the buffer with `image-type-header-regexps'.
15019 If an appropriate image type is found, check if that image type can be
15020 autodetected using the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'. Finally,
15021 if `buffer-file-name' is non-nil, check if it matches another major mode
15022 in `auto-mode-alist' apart from `image-mode'; if there is another match,
15023 the autodetection is considered to have failed. Return t if all the above
15024 steps succeed.
15026 \(fn)" nil nil)
15028 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
15029 Create an image.
15030 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15031 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15032 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15033 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15034 use its file extension as image type.
15035 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15036 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15037 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15038 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15040 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15042 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15044 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
15045 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15046 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15047 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15048 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15049 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15050 POS may be an integer or marker.
15051 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15052 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15053 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15054 means display it in the right marginal area.
15056 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15058 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15059 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15060 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15061 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15062 defaulted if you omit it.
15063 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15064 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15065 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15066 means display it in the right marginal area.
15067 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15068 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15069 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15070 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15071 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15073 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15075 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15076 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15077 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15078 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15079 defaulted if you omit it.
15080 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15081 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15082 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15083 means display it in the right marginal area.
15084 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15086 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15088 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15089 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15090 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15091 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15093 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15095 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15096 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15098 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15100 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15101 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15102 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15103 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15104 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15105 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15106 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15107 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15108 satisfied.
15110 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15112 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15114 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15116 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15117 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15119 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15120 documentation string.
15122 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15123 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15124 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15125 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15126 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15127 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15128 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15129 define SYMBOL.
15131 Example:
15133 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15134 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15136 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15138 ;;;***
15140 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15141 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15142 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17842 58279))
15143 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15145 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15146 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15147 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15148 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15150 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15151 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15152 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15153 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15155 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15157 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15158 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15159 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15160 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15162 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15163 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15164 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15165 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15167 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15169 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15170 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15172 \(fn)" nil nil)
15174 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15175 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15176 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15177 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15179 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15181 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15182 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15183 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15184 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15185 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15186 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15188 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15190 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15191 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15192 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15193 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15195 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15196 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15197 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15201 ;;;***
15203 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15204 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17868 42581))
15205 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15206 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15207 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15208 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15209 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15210 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15211 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15213 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15214 Major mode for image files.
15215 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15216 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15218 \(fn)" t nil)
15220 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15221 Toggle Image minor mode.
15222 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15223 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15227 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15228 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15229 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15230 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15231 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15232 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15234 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15235 information on these modes.
15237 \(fn)" t nil)
15239 ;;;***
15241 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15242 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17842 58279))
15243 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15245 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15246 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15248 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15250 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15251 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15252 in the buffer.
15254 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15256 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15257 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15258 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15260 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15262 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15263 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15265 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15266 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15267 pattern's structure.
15269 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15270 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15271 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15272 during matching.")
15274 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15276 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15277 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15279 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15280 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15281 called within a `save-excursion'.
15283 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15285 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15287 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15288 Function for finding the next index position.
15290 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15291 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15292 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15293 file.
15295 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15296 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15298 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15300 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15301 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15303 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15304 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15305 It should return the name for that index item.")
15307 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15309 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15310 Function to compare string with index item.
15312 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15313 non-nil if they match.
15315 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15316 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15317 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15318 arguments match\".")
15320 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15322 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15323 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15324 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15326 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15328 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15330 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15332 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15333 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15334 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15335 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15337 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15339 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15340 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15342 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15344 \(fn)" t nil)
15346 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15347 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15348 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15349 for more information.
15351 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15353 ;;;***
15355 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15356 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15357 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17842 58278))
15358 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15360 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15361 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15363 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15365 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15366 Not documented
15368 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15370 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15371 Not documented
15373 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15375 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15376 Not documented
15378 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15380 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15381 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15382 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15383 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15384 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15386 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15388 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15389 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15390 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15391 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15392 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15394 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15396 ;;;***
15398 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15399 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15400 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17842 56332))
15401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15403 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15404 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15405 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15406 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15407 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15409 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15411 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15412 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15414 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15416 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15417 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15418 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15419 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15420 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15421 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15422 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15423 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15425 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15427 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15428 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15429 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15430 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15431 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15433 This variable is only used if the variable
15434 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15436 More precise choices:
15437 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15438 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15439 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15441 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15443 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15445 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15446 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15448 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15449 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15450 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15451 to that buffer.
15452 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15453 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15454 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15455 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15457 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15458 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15460 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15462 ;;;***
15464 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15465 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15466 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15467 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17936 34375))
15468 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15470 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15471 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15473 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15474 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15475 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15477 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15478 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15479 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15480 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15481 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15482 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15483 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15484 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15485 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15486 with the top-level Info directory.
15488 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15489 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15490 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15491 appended to the Info buffer name.
15493 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15494 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15495 in all the directories in that path.
15497 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15499 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15500 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15502 \(fn)" t nil)
15504 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15505 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15506 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15507 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15509 \(fn)" nil nil)
15511 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15512 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15513 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15514 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15516 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15518 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15519 Go to the Info directory node.
15521 \(fn)" t nil)
15523 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15524 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15525 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15526 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15527 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15528 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15530 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15532 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15533 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15534 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15536 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15538 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15539 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15540 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15541 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15542 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15544 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15545 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15547 Selecting other nodes:
15548 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15549 Follow a node reference you click on.
15550 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15551 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15552 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15553 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15554 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15555 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15556 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15557 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15558 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15559 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15560 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15561 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15562 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15563 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15564 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15565 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15566 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15567 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15568 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15569 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15571 Moving within a node:
15572 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15573 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15574 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15575 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15576 move up to the parent node.
15577 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15578 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15579 if there is none.
15580 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15582 Advanced commands:
15583 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15584 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15585 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15586 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15587 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15588 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15589 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15590 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15591 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15592 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15593 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15594 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15595 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15596 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15597 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15598 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15600 \(fn)" nil nil)
15601 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15603 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15604 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15605 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15606 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15607 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15608 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15610 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15611 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15613 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15614 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15615 KEY is a string.
15616 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15617 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15618 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15619 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15621 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15623 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15624 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15625 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15627 \(fn)" t nil)
15629 ;;;***
15631 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15632 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15633 ;;;;;; (17878 61008))
15634 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15636 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15637 Throw away all cached data.
15638 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15639 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15640 system.
15642 \(fn)" t nil)
15643 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15645 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15646 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15647 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15648 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15649 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15650 one found at point.
15652 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15654 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15655 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15657 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15658 Display the documentation of a file.
15659 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15660 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15661 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15662 The default file name is the one found at point.
15664 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15666 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15668 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15669 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15671 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15673 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15674 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15676 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15678 ;;;***
15680 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15681 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17842 58279))
15682 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15684 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15685 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15687 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15689 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15690 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15691 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15693 \(fn)" t nil)
15695 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15696 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15697 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15699 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15700 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15701 quite a while.
15703 \(fn)" t nil)
15705 ;;;***
15707 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15708 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17842 58279))
15709 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15711 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15712 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15714 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15716 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15717 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15718 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15720 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15721 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15722 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15724 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15725 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15726 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15727 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15729 \(fn)" t nil)
15731 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15732 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15733 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15735 \(fn)" t nil)
15737 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15738 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15739 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15740 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15741 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15743 \(fn)" nil nil)
15745 ;;;***
15747 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15748 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15749 ;;;;;; (17903 2305))
15750 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15752 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15753 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15755 \(fn)" t nil)
15757 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15758 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15760 \(fn)" t nil)
15762 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15763 Not documented
15765 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15767 ;;;***
15769 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17918
15770 ;;;;;; 44913))
15771 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15773 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15774 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15775 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15776 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15777 accessed via isearchb.
15779 \(fn)" t nil)
15781 ;;;***
15783 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15784 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15785 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15786 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17842 54888))
15787 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15789 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15790 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15791 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15792 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15794 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15796 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15797 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15798 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15799 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15801 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15803 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15804 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15805 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15806 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15808 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15810 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15811 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15812 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15813 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15815 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15817 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15818 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15819 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15820 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15822 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15824 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15825 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15826 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15827 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15829 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15831 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15832 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15833 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15834 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15836 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15838 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15839 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15840 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15841 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15843 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15845 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15846 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15847 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15848 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15850 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15852 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15853 Warn that format is read-only.
15855 \(fn)" t nil)
15857 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15858 Warn that format is write-only.
15860 \(fn)" t nil)
15862 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15863 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15865 \(fn)" t nil)
15867 ;;;***
15869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15870 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
15871 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15872 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15873 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15874 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15876 ;;;***
15878 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15879 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15880 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15881 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15882 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15883 ;;;;;; (17921 16827))
15884 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15885 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15887 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15888 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15889 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15890 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15892 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
15893 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15895 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15896 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15897 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15899 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15900 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15901 re-start Emacs.")
15903 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
15905 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15907 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15909 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15911 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15913 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15915 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15917 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15918 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15920 Each element of this list is also a list:
15922 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15923 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15925 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15926 nil means the default dictionary.
15928 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
15930 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15932 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15933 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15934 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15935 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15936 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15937 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15938 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15939 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15940 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15942 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
15943 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15944 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15945 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15946 for non-ASCII bytes.
15948 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15949 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15950 single word.
15952 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15953 subprocess.
15955 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15956 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15957 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15958 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15959 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15960 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15961 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15962 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15964 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15966 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15967 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15968 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15970 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15971 Key map for ispell menu.")
15973 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15974 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15975 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15976 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15978 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15980 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15982 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15984 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15986 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15987 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15988 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15989 Valid forms include:
15990 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15991 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15992 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15993 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15995 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15996 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15997 First list is used raw.
15998 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16000 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16001 for skipping in latex mode.")
16003 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
16004 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16005 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16006 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16007 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16008 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16010 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
16011 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16012 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16013 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16015 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16016 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16017 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16018 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16019 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16021 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16022 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16024 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16025 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16027 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16028 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16030 Return values:
16031 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16032 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16033 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16034 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16035 quit spell session exited.
16037 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16039 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16040 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16041 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16043 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16045 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16046 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16048 Selections are:
16050 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16051 SPC: Accept word this time.
16052 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16053 `a': Accept word for this session.
16054 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16055 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16056 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16057 `?': Show these commands.
16058 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16059 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16060 the aborted check to be completed later.
16061 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16062 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16063 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16064 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16065 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16066 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16067 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16069 \(fn)" nil nil)
16071 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16072 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16073 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16075 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16077 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16078 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16079 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16080 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16082 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16084 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16086 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16087 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16088 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16089 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16091 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16093 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16094 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16096 \(fn)" t nil)
16098 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16099 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16101 \(fn)" t nil)
16103 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16104 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16106 \(fn)" t nil)
16108 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16109 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16110 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16111 sequence inside of a word.
16113 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16115 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16117 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16118 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16120 \(fn)" t nil)
16122 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16123 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16124 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16125 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16127 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16128 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16129 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16130 available on the net.
16132 \(fn)" t nil)
16134 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16135 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16136 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16138 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16139 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16141 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16142 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16146 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16147 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16148 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16149 Don't check included messages.
16151 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16152 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16153 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16155 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16156 in your .emacs file:
16157 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16158 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16159 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16160 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16162 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16163 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16164 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16166 \(fn)" t nil)
16168 ;;;***
16170 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17819
16171 ;;;;;; 9451))
16172 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16174 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16175 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16176 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16177 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16178 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16179 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16181 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16183 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16184 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16185 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16186 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16187 `iswitchb' for details.
16189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16191 ;;;***
16193 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16194 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16195 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16196 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17842 58278))
16197 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16199 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16200 Not documented
16202 \(fn)" nil nil)
16204 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16205 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16206 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16207 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16208 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16209 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16210 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16211 necessary to represent OBJ.
16213 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16215 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16216 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16217 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16218 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16220 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16222 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16223 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16224 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16225 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16226 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16228 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16230 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16231 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16232 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16233 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16235 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16237 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16238 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16239 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16240 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16242 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16244 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16245 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16247 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16249 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16250 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16251 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16252 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16253 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16255 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16257 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16258 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16259 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16260 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16261 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16263 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16265 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16266 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16267 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16269 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16271 ;;;***
16273 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16274 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17853 24893))
16275 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16277 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16278 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16279 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16280 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16282 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16283 Not documented
16285 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16287 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16288 Uninstall jka-compr.
16289 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16290 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16291 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16293 \(fn)" nil nil)
16295 ;;;***
16297 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16298 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16299 ;;;;;; (17833 41203))
16300 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16302 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16303 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16304 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16305 decimal key must be specified.")
16307 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16309 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16310 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16311 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16312 decimal key must be specified.")
16314 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16316 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16317 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16318 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16319 decimal key must be specified.")
16321 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16323 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16324 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16325 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16326 decimal key must be specified.")
16328 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16330 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16331 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16332 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16333 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16334 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16335 keys are bound.
16337 Setup Binding
16338 -------------------------------------------------------------
16339 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16340 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16341 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16342 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16343 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16344 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16345 in the global and local keymaps.
16347 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16348 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16350 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16352 ;;;***
16354 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16355 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
16356 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16358 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16359 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16360 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16362 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16363 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16364 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16365 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16366 shorter.
16368 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16369 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16370 the context of text formatting.
16372 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16374 ;;;***
16376 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17842
16377 ;;;;;; 54888))
16378 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16380 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16381 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16382 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16383 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16384 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16385 positions that contains the current selection.")
16387 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16388 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16389 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16390 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16391 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16392 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16393 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16395 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16397 ;;;***
16399 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16400 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16401 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16402 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17833 41350))
16403 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16404 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16405 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16406 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16407 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16408 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16409 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16410 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16412 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16413 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16414 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16415 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16416 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16418 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16420 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16421 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16422 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16424 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16425 defining the macro.
16427 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16428 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16429 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16431 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16432 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16434 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16436 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16437 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16438 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16439 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16440 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16441 under that name.
16443 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16444 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16445 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16447 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16449 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16450 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16451 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16453 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16454 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16455 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16456 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16458 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16459 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16461 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16463 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16464 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16465 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16467 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16468 macro.
16470 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16471 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16473 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16474 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16475 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16477 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16478 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16480 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16482 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16483 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16484 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16485 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16487 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16489 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16490 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16491 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16492 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16494 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16495 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16497 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16499 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16500 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16501 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16503 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16505 ;;;***
16507 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16508 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16509 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
16510 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16512 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16514 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16515 Not documented
16517 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16519 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16520 Not documented
16522 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16524 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16525 Not documented
16527 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16529 ;;;***
16531 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16532 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17842 58278))
16533 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16535 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16536 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16537 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16539 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16540 Not documented
16542 \(fn)" nil nil)
16544 ;;;***
16546 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16547 ;;;;;; (17941 38806))
16548 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16550 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16552 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16553 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16555 \(fn)" t nil)
16557 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16559 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16560 Start or resume an Lm game.
16561 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16562 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16564 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16565 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16566 none / 1 | yes | no
16567 2 | yes | yes
16568 3 | no | yes
16569 4 | no | no
16571 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16572 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16573 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16575 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16577 ;;;***
16579 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16580 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16581 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17842
16582 ;;;;;; 58278))
16583 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16585 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16586 Not documented
16588 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16590 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16591 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16592 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16593 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16594 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16595 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16597 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16598 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16600 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16602 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16603 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16605 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16607 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16608 Not documented
16610 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16612 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16613 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16614 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16615 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16616 to compose.
16618 The return value is number of composed characters.
16620 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16622 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16623 Not documented
16625 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16627 ;;;***
16629 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16630 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16631 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17842 54888))
16632 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16634 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16635 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16636 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16637 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16639 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16641 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16642 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16643 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16645 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16647 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16648 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16649 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16651 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16653 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16654 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16655 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16656 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16658 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16660 ;;;***
16662 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16663 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17874 62081))
16664 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16666 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16667 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16668 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16669 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16670 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16671 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16672 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16673 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16675 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16676 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16678 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16679 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16681 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16683 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16684 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16685 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16686 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16687 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16688 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16689 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16690 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16692 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16694 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16695 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16696 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16697 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16699 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16700 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16702 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16704 ;;;***
16706 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16707 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
16708 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16710 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16712 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16714 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16715 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16717 \(fn)" t nil)
16719 ;;;***
16721 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16722 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
16723 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16725 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16726 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16728 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16729 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16731 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16732 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16734 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16735 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16736 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16737 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16738 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16739 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16740 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16741 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16742 and transmit saved text.
16744 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16745 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16746 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16748 \(fn)" t nil)
16750 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16751 Not documented
16753 \(fn)" nil nil)
16755 ;;;***
16757 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17842 55395))
16758 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16760 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16761 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16762 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16763 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16764 generations (this defaults to 1).
16766 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16768 ;;;***
16770 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17942
16771 ;;;;;; 63381))
16772 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16774 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16775 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16776 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16777 is nil, raise an error.
16779 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16780 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16781 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16782 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16783 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16784 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16785 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16786 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16787 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16789 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16791 ;;;***
16793 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16794 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17842 58279))
16795 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16797 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16798 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16799 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16801 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16803 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16804 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16805 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16806 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16808 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16809 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16810 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16811 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16812 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16813 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16814 the version.)
16816 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16817 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16819 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16820 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16822 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16824 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16825 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16826 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16827 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16828 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16829 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16830 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16831 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16832 to constrain a big search.
16834 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16835 except that FILTER is not optional.
16837 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16839 ;;;***
16841 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17842 58279))
16842 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16844 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16845 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16846 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16847 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16848 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16849 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16850 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16851 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16852 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16853 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16854 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16855 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16856 uses the current buffer.
16858 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16860 ;;;***
16862 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17842
16863 ;;;;;; 58279))
16864 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16866 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16867 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16869 \(fn)" t nil)
16871 ;;;***
16873 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17842
16874 ;;;;;; 58279))
16875 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16877 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16878 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16879 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16880 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16881 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16883 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16884 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16885 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16887 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16888 are indicated with a symbol.
16890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16892 ;;;***
16894 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16895 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17842
16896 ;;;;;; 58279))
16897 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16899 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16901 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16903 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16904 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16905 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16907 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16908 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16910 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16911 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16912 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16913 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16914 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16915 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16916 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16918 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
16920 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16921 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16922 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16923 switch on this list.
16924 See `lpr-command'.")
16926 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
16928 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16929 *Name of program for printing a file.
16931 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16932 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16933 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16934 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16935 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16936 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16937 argument.")
16939 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
16941 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16942 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16943 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16944 for customization of the printer command.
16946 \(fn)" t nil)
16948 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16949 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16951 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16952 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16953 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16954 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16956 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16957 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16959 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16960 for further customization of the printer command.
16962 \(fn)" t nil)
16964 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16965 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16966 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16967 for customization of the printer command.
16969 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16971 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16972 Paginate and print the region contents.
16974 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16975 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16976 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16977 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16979 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16980 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16982 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16983 for further customization of the printer command.
16985 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16987 ;;;***
16989 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16990 ;;;;;; (17851 20943))
16991 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16993 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16994 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16995 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16997 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
16999 ;;;***
17001 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17916
17002 ;;;;;; 10998))
17003 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17005 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
17006 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17007 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17009 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17013 ;;;***
17015 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17923
17016 ;;;;;; 63540))
17017 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17019 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
17020 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17021 \\{m4-mode-map}
17023 \(fn)" t nil)
17025 ;;;***
17027 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17028 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
17029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17031 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17032 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17033 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17034 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17035 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17037 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17039 ;;;***
17041 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17042 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17842 58279))
17043 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17045 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17046 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17047 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17048 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17049 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17051 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17053 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17054 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17055 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17056 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17058 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17059 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17060 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17061 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17062 bindings.
17064 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17065 use this command, and then save the file.
17067 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17069 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17070 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17071 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17072 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17073 each time the macro executes.
17074 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17075 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17076 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17077 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17078 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17079 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17080 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17082 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17084 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17085 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17086 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17087 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17089 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17090 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17091 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17092 execute.
17094 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17095 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17097 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17098 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17099 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17100 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17101 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17103 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17104 looked like this:
17106 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17107 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17108 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17110 You could enter the names in this format:
17116 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17118 \\C-x (
17119 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17120 \\C-x )
17122 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17123 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17125 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17126 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17128 ;;;***
17130 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17131 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17842 55035))
17132 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17134 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17135 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17136 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17137 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17138 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17139 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17141 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17142 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17143 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17144 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17145 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17147 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17148 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17149 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17150 consing a string.)
17152 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17154 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17155 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17157 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17159 ;;;***
17161 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17162 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17163 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
17164 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17166 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17167 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17169 \(fn)" nil nil)
17171 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17172 Not documented
17174 \(fn)" nil nil)
17176 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17177 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17179 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17181 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17182 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17183 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17184 message.
17186 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17188 \(fn)" nil nil)
17190 ;;;***
17192 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17193 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17194 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17842
17195 ;;;;;; 55035))
17196 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17198 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17199 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17200 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17201 often correct parser.")
17203 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17205 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17206 Not documented
17208 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17210 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17211 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17212 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17213 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17215 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17217 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17218 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17219 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17220 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17222 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17224 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17225 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17226 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17227 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17228 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17229 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17230 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17231 as Rmail does.
17233 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17235 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17236 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17237 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17238 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17239 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17240 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17242 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17244 ;;;***
17246 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17247 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17842 55035))
17248 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17250 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17251 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17253 \(fn)" nil nil)
17255 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17256 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17257 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17259 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17261 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17262 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17263 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17265 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17267 ;;;***
17269 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17270 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17842
17271 ;;;;;; 55035))
17272 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17274 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17275 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17276 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17277 king@grassland.com
17278 If `parens', they look like:
17279 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17280 If `angles', they look like:
17281 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17283 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17285 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17286 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17287 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17288 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17289 their `Resent-' variants.
17291 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17292 removed from alias expansions.
17294 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17296 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17297 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17298 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17300 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17301 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17302 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17303 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17305 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17307 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17308 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17309 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17310 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17312 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17314 ;;;***
17316 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17317 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
17318 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17320 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17321 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17322 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17323 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17325 \(fn)" nil nil)
17327 ;;;***
17329 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17330 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17331 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17842 56332))
17332 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17334 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17335 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17337 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17338 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17339 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17340 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17341 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17342 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17344 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17345 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17346 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17347 dependency, despite the colon.
17349 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17351 In the browser, use the following keys:
17353 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17355 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17357 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17358 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17360 `makefile-target-colon':
17361 The string that gets appended to all target names
17362 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17363 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17365 `makefile-macro-assign':
17366 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17367 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17368 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17369 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17370 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17371 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17373 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17374 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17375 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17377 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17378 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17380 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17381 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17382 up or down in the browser.
17384 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17385 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17387 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17388 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17390 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17391 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17392 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17393 has been selected in the browser.
17395 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17396 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17397 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17398 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17399 filenames are omitted.
17401 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17402 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17403 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17404 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17405 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17406 the backslash itself intact.
17407 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17408 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17410 `makefile-browser-hook':
17411 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17412 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17414 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17415 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17416 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17417 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17419 \(fn)" t nil)
17421 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17422 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17424 \(fn)" t nil)
17426 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17427 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17429 \(fn)" t nil)
17431 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17432 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17434 \(fn)" t nil)
17436 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17437 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17439 \(fn)" t nil)
17441 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17442 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17444 \(fn)" t nil)
17446 ;;;***
17448 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17842
17449 ;;;;;; 58279))
17450 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17452 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17453 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17454 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17456 \(fn)" t nil)
17458 ;;;***
17460 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17925 15265))
17461 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17463 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17465 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17466 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17467 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17468 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17469 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17470 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17471 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17473 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17474 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17475 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17476 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17478 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17480 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17481 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17483 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17485 ;;;***
17487 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17842 58279))
17488 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17490 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17491 Toggle Master mode.
17492 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17493 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17494 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17496 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17497 following commands:
17499 \\{master-mode-map}
17501 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17502 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17503 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17507 ;;;***
17509 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17942
17510 ;;;;;; 63381))
17511 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17513 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17515 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17516 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17517 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17518 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17519 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17520 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17522 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17524 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17525 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17526 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17527 created in the future.
17528 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17529 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17533 ;;;***
17535 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17536 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17537 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17538 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17539 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17540 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17541 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17542 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17543 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17544 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17545 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17949 41467))
17546 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17548 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17549 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17551 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17552 king@grassland.com
17553 If `parens', they look like:
17554 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17555 If `angles', they look like:
17556 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17558 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17559 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17561 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17563 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17564 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17566 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17568 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17569 *Local news organization file.")
17571 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17573 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17574 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17575 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17576 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17578 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17579 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17580 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17582 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17584 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17586 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17587 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17589 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17590 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17591 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17592 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17594 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17596 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17597 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17598 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17599 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17601 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17603 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17604 *Function for citing an original message.
17605 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17606 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17607 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17609 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17611 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17612 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17613 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17614 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17615 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17617 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17619 (defvar message-signature t "\
17620 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17621 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17622 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17623 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17625 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17627 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17628 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17629 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17630 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17632 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17634 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17635 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17637 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17639 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17641 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17642 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17643 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17644 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17645 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17646 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17647 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17648 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17649 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17650 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17651 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17652 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17653 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17654 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17655 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17656 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17657 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17658 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17659 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17660 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17661 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17662 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17663 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17664 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17665 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17666 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17667 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17668 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17669 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17670 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17671 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17672 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17673 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17674 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17675 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17676 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17677 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17679 \(fn)" t nil)
17681 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17682 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17683 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17684 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17685 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17687 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17689 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17690 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17692 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17694 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17695 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17697 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17699 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17700 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17702 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17704 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17705 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17706 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17708 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17710 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17711 Cancel an article you posted.
17712 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17716 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17717 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17718 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17719 header line with the old Message-ID.
17721 \(fn)" t nil)
17723 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17724 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17726 \(fn)" t nil)
17728 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17729 Forward the current message via mail.
17730 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17731 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17733 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17735 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17736 Not documented
17738 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17740 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17741 Not documented
17743 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17745 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17746 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17748 \(fn)" t nil)
17750 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17751 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17753 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17755 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17756 Re-mail the current message.
17757 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17758 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17759 you.
17761 \(fn)" t nil)
17763 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17764 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17766 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17768 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17769 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17771 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17773 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17774 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17776 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17778 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17779 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17781 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17783 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17784 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17785 Works by overstriking characters.
17786 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17787 which specify the range to operate on.
17789 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17791 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17792 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17793 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17794 which specify the range to operate on.
17796 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17798 ;;;***
17800 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17801 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
17802 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17804 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17805 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17806 Special commands:
17807 \\{meta-mode-map}
17809 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17810 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17812 \(fn)" t nil)
17814 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17815 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17816 Special commands:
17817 \\{meta-mode-map}
17819 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17820 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17822 \(fn)" t nil)
17824 ;;;***
17826 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17827 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17828 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
17829 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17831 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17832 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17833 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17835 \(fn)" t nil)
17837 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17838 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17839 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17840 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17841 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17842 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17843 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17845 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17847 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17848 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17849 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17850 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17851 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17852 means current).
17853 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17854 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17856 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17858 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17859 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17860 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17861 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17862 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17863 means current).
17864 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17865 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17867 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17869 ;;;***
17871 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17872 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17873 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17842 55144))
17874 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17876 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17877 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17878 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17880 \(fn)" t nil)
17882 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17883 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17884 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17886 \(fn)" t nil)
17888 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17889 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17891 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17892 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17893 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17895 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17896 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17898 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17899 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17901 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17903 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17905 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17906 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17907 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17908 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17909 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17910 as `compose-mail'.
17912 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17913 initial Subject field, respectively.
17915 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17916 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17917 are strings.
17919 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17920 ignored.
17922 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17924 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17925 Save draft and send message.
17927 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17928 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17929 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17930 Mail Delivery*\".
17932 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17933 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17934 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17936 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17937 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17938 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17939 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17940 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17941 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17943 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17944 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17948 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17949 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17951 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17952 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17953 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17954 delete the draft message.
17956 \(fn)" t nil)
17958 ;;;***
17960 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17842 55144))
17961 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17963 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17965 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17967 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17969 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17970 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17972 \(fn)" t nil)
17974 ;;;***
17976 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17977 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17842 55144))
17978 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17980 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
17981 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17982 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17984 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17985 the MH mail system.
17987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17989 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
17990 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17991 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17993 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17994 the MH mail system.
17996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17998 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
17999 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18001 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18002 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18003 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18004 separate command.
18006 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18007 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18008 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18009 format.
18011 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18013 Ranges
18014 ======
18015 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18016 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18017 can be used in several ways.
18019 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18020 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18021 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18022 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18023 page):
18025 <num1>-<num2>
18026 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18027 The range must be nonempty.
18029 <num>:N
18030 <num>:+N
18031 <num>:-N
18032 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18033 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18034 last.
18036 first:N
18037 prev:N
18038 next:N
18039 last:N
18040 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18043 All of the messages.
18045 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18046 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18048 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18049 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18050 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18052 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18054 \(fn)" t nil)
18056 ;;;***
18058 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18059 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17842 58279))
18060 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18062 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18063 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18064 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18065 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18066 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18067 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18068 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18069 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18070 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18071 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18072 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18074 \(fn)" t nil)
18076 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18077 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18078 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18079 to its second argument TM.
18081 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18083 ;;;***
18085 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18086 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17842 58279))
18087 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18089 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18090 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18091 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18092 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18093 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18094 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18096 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18098 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18099 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18100 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18101 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18102 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18103 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18104 default indication.
18106 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18107 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18109 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18111 ;;;***
18113 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18114 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
18115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18117 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18118 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18119 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18121 \(fn)" t nil)
18123 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18125 ;;;***
18127 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18128 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18129 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
18130 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18132 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18133 Not documented
18135 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18137 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18138 Not documented
18140 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18142 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18143 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18144 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18145 PATTERN regexp.
18147 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18149 ;;;***
18151 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18152 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17842 54741))
18153 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18155 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18156 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18158 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18160 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18161 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18162 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18163 the entire message.
18164 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18166 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18168 ;;;***
18170 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18171 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
18172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18174 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18175 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18176 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18177 the entire message.
18178 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18180 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18182 ;;;***
18184 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18185 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17842 54741))
18186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18188 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18189 Insert file contents of URL.
18190 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18192 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18194 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18195 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18197 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18199 ;;;***
18201 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18202 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17842 54741))
18203 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18205 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18206 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18207 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18208 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18209 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18211 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18213 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18214 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18215 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18217 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18219 ;;;***
18221 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18222 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
18223 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18225 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18226 Not documented
18228 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18230 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18231 Not documented
18233 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18235 ;;;***
18237 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18238 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18239 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17842 54741))
18240 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18242 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18243 Not documented
18245 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18247 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18248 Not documented
18250 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18252 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18253 Not documented
18255 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18257 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18258 Not documented
18260 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18262 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18263 Not documented
18265 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18267 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18268 Not documented
18270 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18272 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18273 Not documented
18275 \(fn)" nil nil)
18277 ;;;***
18279 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18280 ;;;;;; (17276 13069))
18281 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18283 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18284 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18285 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18286 followed by the first character of the construct.
18287 \\<m2-mode-map>
18288 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18289 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18290 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18291 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18292 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18293 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18294 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18295 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18296 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18297 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18298 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18299 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18300 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18301 \\[m2-link] link
18303 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18304 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18305 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18307 \(fn)" t nil)
18309 ;;;***
18311 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18312 ;;;;;; (17842 55395))
18313 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18315 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18316 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18318 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18320 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18321 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18323 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18325 ;;;***
18327 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17842
18328 ;;;;;; 58279))
18329 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18331 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18332 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18333 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18334 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18335 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18336 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18338 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18340 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18341 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18342 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18343 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18345 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18347 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18349 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18351 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18352 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18353 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18354 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18355 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18356 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18358 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18359 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18360 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18361 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18362 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18364 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18365 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18367 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18368 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18370 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18372 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18373 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18374 primary selection and region.
18376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18378 ;;;***
18380 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17862 6157))
18381 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18383 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18384 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18386 \(fn)" t nil)
18388 ;;;***
18390 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17842 58279))
18391 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18393 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18394 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18395 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18396 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18397 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18398 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18400 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18402 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18403 Toggle Msb mode.
18404 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18405 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18406 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18410 ;;;***
18412 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18413 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18414 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18415 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18416 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18417 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
18418 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18420 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18421 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18422 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18423 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18424 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18425 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18426 set of ISO charsets.
18428 Each element has the following format:
18429 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18431 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18433 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18434 CHARSET are mapped.
18436 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18437 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18438 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18439 character code in CHARSET.
18441 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18442 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18443 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18445 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18446 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18447 TO2, or...
18448 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18449 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18451 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18452 Display a list of all character sets.
18454 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18455 internal Emacs use.
18457 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18458 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18459 hexadecimal digits.
18460 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18461 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18463 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18464 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18465 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18466 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18468 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18469 but still shows the full information.
18471 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18473 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18474 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18475 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18476 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18477 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18479 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18480 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18481 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18482 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18483 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18485 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18487 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18488 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18489 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18490 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18491 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18493 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18495 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18496 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18498 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18500 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18501 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18503 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18505 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18506 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18508 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18509 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18510 in place of `..':
18511 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18512 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18513 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18514 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18515 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18516 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18517 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18518 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18519 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18520 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18521 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18522 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18523 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18524 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18525 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18526 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18528 \(fn)" t nil)
18530 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18531 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18533 \(fn)" t nil)
18535 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18536 Display a list of all coding systems.
18537 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18539 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18540 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18544 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18545 Display a list of all coding categories.
18547 \(fn)" nil nil)
18549 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18550 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18551 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18553 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18555 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18556 Display information about FONTSET.
18557 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18559 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18561 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18562 Display a list of all fontsets.
18563 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18564 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18565 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18567 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18569 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18570 Display information about all input methods.
18572 \(fn)" t nil)
18574 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18575 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18577 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18578 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18579 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18580 system which uses fontsets).
18582 \(fn)" t nil)
18584 ;;;***
18586 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18587 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18588 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18589 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18590 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18591 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17842 54888))
18592 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18594 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18595 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18596 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18598 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18600 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18602 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18603 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18605 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18606 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18608 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18609 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18611 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18613 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18614 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18615 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18616 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18617 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18618 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18619 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18621 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18622 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18623 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18624 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18625 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18626 middle of a character in STR.
18628 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18629 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18631 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18632 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18633 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18634 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18635 defaults to \"...\".
18637 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18639 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18640 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18642 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18643 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18644 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18646 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18647 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18648 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18650 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18651 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18652 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18653 is considered.
18654 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18655 longer than KEYSEQ.
18656 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18658 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18660 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18661 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18662 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18663 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18664 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18665 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18666 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18667 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18668 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18669 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18670 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18672 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18674 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18675 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18677 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18679 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18680 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18682 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18684 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18685 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18687 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18689 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18690 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18692 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18694 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18695 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18696 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18697 coding systems ordered by priority.
18699 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18701 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18702 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18703 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18704 language environment LANG-ENV.
18706 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18708 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18709 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18710 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18711 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18712 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18713 basis, this may not be accurate.
18715 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18717 ;;;***
18719 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18720 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
18721 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18723 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18724 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18725 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18726 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18727 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18728 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18730 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
18732 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18733 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18734 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18735 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18739 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18740 Enable mouse wheel support.
18742 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18744 ;;;***
18746 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18747 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18748 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18749 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17891 7215))
18750 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18752 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18753 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18755 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18757 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18758 Ping HOST.
18759 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18760 `ping-program-options'.
18762 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18764 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18765 Run ipconfig program.
18767 \(fn)" t nil)
18769 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18771 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18772 Run netstat program.
18774 \(fn)" t nil)
18776 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18777 Run the arp program.
18779 \(fn)" t nil)
18781 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18782 Run the route program.
18784 \(fn)" t nil)
18786 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18787 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18789 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18791 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18792 Run nslookup program.
18794 \(fn)" t nil)
18796 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18797 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18799 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18801 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18802 Run dig program.
18804 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18806 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18807 Run ftp program.
18809 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18811 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18812 Finger USER on HOST.
18814 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18816 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18817 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18818 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18819 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18821 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18823 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18824 Not documented
18826 \(fn)" t nil)
18828 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18829 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18831 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18833 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18834 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18836 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18838 ;;;***
18840 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18841 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18842 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18843 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18844 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18845 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17936 9617))
18846 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18848 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18850 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18852 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18854 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18856 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18857 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18858 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18859 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18860 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18861 Major modes should set this variable.")
18863 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18864 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18865 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18866 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18867 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18868 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18870 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
18871 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18873 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18874 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18875 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18877 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18878 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18879 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18880 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18881 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18883 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18884 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18885 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18887 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18888 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18889 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18890 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18892 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18893 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18894 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18895 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18896 column indentation or nil.
18897 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18899 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18900 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18901 The function has no args.
18903 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18904 comments always start in column zero.")
18906 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18907 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18908 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18910 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
18912 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18913 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18914 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18915 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18917 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18918 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18920 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
18922 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18923 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18924 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18925 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18926 customize this variable.
18928 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18929 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18931 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
18933 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18934 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18935 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18936 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18937 the variables are properly set.
18939 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18941 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18942 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18944 \(fn)" nil nil)
18946 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18947 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18948 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18950 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18952 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18953 Set the comment column based on point.
18954 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18955 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18956 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18957 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18959 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18961 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18962 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18963 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18965 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18967 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18968 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18969 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18970 comment markers.
18972 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18974 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18975 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18976 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18977 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18978 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18979 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18980 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18981 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18983 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18984 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18986 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18988 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
18989 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18990 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18991 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18993 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18995 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18996 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18997 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18998 is passed on to the respective function.
19000 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19002 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
19003 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19004 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19005 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19006 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19007 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19008 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19009 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19010 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19012 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19014 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19015 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19016 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19018 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
19020 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
19021 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19022 This indents the body of the continued comment
19023 under the previous comment line.
19025 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19026 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19027 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19029 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19030 or comment indentation.
19032 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19033 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19035 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19037 ;;;***
19039 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19040 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19041 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17873 44590))
19042 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19044 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19045 Check whether newsticker is running.
19046 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19047 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19049 \(fn)" nil nil)
19051 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19052 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19053 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19054 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19055 empty.
19057 \(fn)" nil nil)
19059 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19060 Start the newsticker.
19061 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19062 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19063 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19064 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19066 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19068 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19069 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19070 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19071 running already.
19073 \(fn)" t nil)
19075 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19076 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19078 \(fn)" t nil)
19080 ;;;***
19082 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19083 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19084 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19086 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19087 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19089 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19091 ;;;***
19093 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17842
19094 ;;;;;; 54741))
19095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19097 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19098 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19099 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19100 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19101 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19102 symbol in the alist.
19104 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19106 ;;;***
19108 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19109 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19110 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19112 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19113 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19114 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19116 \(fn)" t nil)
19118 ;;;***
19120 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19121 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19122 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19124 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19125 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19126 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19128 \(fn)" t nil)
19130 ;;;***
19132 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19133 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19136 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19137 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19139 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19141 ;;;***
19143 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19144 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17842 54741))
19145 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19147 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19148 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19150 \(fn)" t nil)
19152 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19153 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19155 \(fn)" t nil)
19157 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19158 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19160 \(fn)" t nil)
19162 ;;;***
19164 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19165 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17842 58279))
19166 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19168 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19169 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19170 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19172 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19174 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19175 Not documented
19177 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19179 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19180 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19181 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19182 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19183 to future sessions.
19185 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19187 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19188 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19189 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19190 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19191 to future sessions.
19193 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19195 ;;;***
19197 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19198 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
19199 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19201 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19202 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19203 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19204 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19205 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19206 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19208 \(fn)" t nil)
19210 ;;;***
19212 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19213 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
19214 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19216 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19217 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19218 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19219 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19220 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19222 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19224 ;;;***
19226 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19227 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
19228 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19230 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19231 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19232 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19234 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19236 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19237 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19239 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19240 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19241 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19245 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19247 ;;;***
19249 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19250 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
19251 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19253 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19254 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19256 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19257 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19258 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19259 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19261 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19262 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19263 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19264 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19265 is why you need this mode!).
19267 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19268 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19269 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19271 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19273 Keybindings
19274 ===========
19276 \\{octave-mode-map}
19278 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19279 ==============================================
19281 octave-auto-indent
19282 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19283 Default is nil.
19285 octave-auto-newline
19286 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19287 Default is nil.
19289 octave-blink-matching-block
19290 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19291 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19293 octave-block-offset
19294 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19295 Default is 2.
19297 octave-continuation-offset
19298 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19299 Default is 4.
19301 octave-continuation-string
19302 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19303 Default is a backslash.
19305 octave-mode-startup-message
19306 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19307 Default is t.
19309 octave-send-echo-input
19310 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19311 command to the inferior Octave process.
19313 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19314 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19315 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19317 octave-send-echo-input
19318 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19320 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19322 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19323 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19325 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19326 (setq auto-mode-alist
19327 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19329 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19330 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19332 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19333 (lambda ()
19334 (abbrev-mode 1)
19335 (auto-fill-mode 1)
19336 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19337 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19339 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19340 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19341 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19342 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19344 \(fn)" t nil)
19346 ;;;***
19348 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19349 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-tags-view org-todo-list
19350 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list org-cycle-agenda-files org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19351 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19352 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19353 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19354 ;;;;;; (17922 37459))
19355 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19357 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19358 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19359 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19361 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19362 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19363 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19364 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19365 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19366 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19367 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19368 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19369 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19370 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19372 The following commands are available:
19374 \\{org-mode-map}
19376 \(fn)" t nil)
19378 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19379 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19381 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19382 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19383 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19384 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19385 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19387 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19388 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19389 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19390 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19391 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19392 and zoom in further.
19393 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19395 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19396 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19397 is negative, go up that many levels.
19399 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19400 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19401 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19403 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19404 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19408 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19409 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19413 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19414 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19416 \(fn)" nil nil)
19418 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19419 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19423 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19424 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19425 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19426 \\[org-insert-link].
19427 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19428 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19429 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19431 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19433 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19434 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19435 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19436 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19437 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19439 \(fn)" nil nil)
19441 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19442 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19443 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19444 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19446 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19448 (autoload (quote org-remember) "org" "\
19449 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19450 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19451 of the remember buffer.
19453 \(fn)" t nil)
19455 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19456 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19457 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19458 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19459 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19460 file the text at a specific location.
19461 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19462 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19463 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19465 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19466 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19467 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19468 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19469 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19470 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19471 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19472 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19474 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19475 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19476 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19477 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19479 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19480 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19481 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19483 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19484 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19485 \(i.e. after the stars).
19487 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19489 \(fn)" nil nil)
19491 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19492 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19493 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19494 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19496 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19497 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19498 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19499 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19500 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19501 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19502 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19503 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19505 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19506 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19507 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19509 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19510 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19511 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19513 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19515 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19516 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19517 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19518 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19519 before running the agenda command.
19521 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19523 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19524 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19525 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19526 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19528 \(fn)" t nil)
19530 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19531 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19532 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19533 will be able to go to other weeks.
19534 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19535 also be shown, under the current date.
19536 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19537 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19538 to turn on logging.
19539 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19540 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19541 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19543 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19545 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19546 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19547 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19548 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19549 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19550 `org-todo-keywords'.
19552 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19554 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19555 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19556 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19558 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19560 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19561 Return diary information from org-files.
19562 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19563 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19564 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19565 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19567 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19568 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19569 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19571 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19572 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19573 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19574 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19576 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19577 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19578 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19580 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19581 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19582 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19583 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19585 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19587 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19589 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19590 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19592 &%%(org-diary)
19594 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19595 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19596 also be written as
19598 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19600 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19601 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19602 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19604 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19606 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19607 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19608 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19609 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19611 \(fn)" t nil)
19613 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19614 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19615 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19616 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19618 \(fn)" t nil)
19620 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19621 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19622 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19624 \(fn)" t nil)
19626 ;;;***
19628 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19629 ;;;;;; (17952 11093))
19630 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19631 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19633 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19634 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19635 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19636 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19638 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19639 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19640 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19641 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19643 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19644 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19645 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19646 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19647 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19648 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19650 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19651 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19652 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19654 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19655 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19656 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19657 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19658 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19659 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19660 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19661 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19662 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19663 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19664 The subheadings remain visible.
19665 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19667 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19668 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19669 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19671 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19672 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19674 \(fn)" t nil)
19676 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19677 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19678 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19679 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19683 ;;;***
19685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17842
19686 ;;;;;; 58277))
19687 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19688 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19689 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19690 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19691 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19692 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19693 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19694 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19695 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19696 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19698 ;;;***
19700 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17842 58279))
19701 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19703 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19704 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19705 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19706 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19707 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19708 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19710 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19712 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19713 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19714 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19715 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19717 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19718 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19722 ;;;***
19724 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19725 ;;;;;; (17842 53792))
19726 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19728 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19729 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19730 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19731 unknown are returned as nil.
19733 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19735 ;;;***
19737 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17842
19738 ;;;;;; 56332))
19739 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19741 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19742 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19743 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19745 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19746 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19748 Other useful functions are:
19750 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19751 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19752 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19753 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19754 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19755 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19756 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19757 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19758 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19760 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19762 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19763 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19764 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19765 Indentation for case statements.
19766 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19767 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19768 mark after an end.
19769 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19770 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19771 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19772 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19773 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19774 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19775 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19776 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19777 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19778 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19780 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19781 pascal-separator-keywords.
19783 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19784 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19786 \(fn)" t nil)
19788 ;;;***
19790 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19791 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
19792 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19794 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19795 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19796 The keys affected are:
19797 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19798 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19799 M-Backspace does undo.
19800 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19801 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19802 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19804 \(fn)" t nil)
19806 ;;;***
19808 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19809 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17842 54264))
19810 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19812 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19813 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19814 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19815 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19816 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19817 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19819 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19821 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19822 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19824 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19826 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19827 which modify the status of the mark.
19829 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19830 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19832 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19833 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19835 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19836 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19837 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19838 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19839 turning PC Selection mode on.
19841 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19842 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19844 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19845 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19846 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19848 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19849 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19850 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19852 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19853 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19855 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19856 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19857 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19859 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19860 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19861 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19863 F6 other-window
19864 DELETE delete-char
19865 C-DELETE kill-line
19866 M-DELETE kill-word
19867 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19868 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19869 M-BACKSPACE undo
19871 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19873 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19874 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19875 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19876 and cursor movement commands.
19877 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19878 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19879 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19881 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19883 ;;;***
19885 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17842
19886 ;;;;;; 58279))
19887 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19889 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19890 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19892 \(fn)" nil nil)
19894 ;;;***
19896 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19897 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17842 58279))
19898 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19900 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19901 Completion for `gzip'.
19903 \(fn)" nil nil)
19905 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19906 Completion for `bzip2'.
19908 \(fn)" nil nil)
19910 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19911 Completion for GNU `make'.
19913 \(fn)" nil nil)
19915 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19916 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19918 \(fn)" nil nil)
19920 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19922 ;;;***
19924 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19925 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17842 58279))
19926 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19928 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19929 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19931 \(fn)" nil nil)
19933 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19934 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19936 \(fn)" nil nil)
19938 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19939 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19941 \(fn)" nil nil)
19943 ;;;***
19945 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17842
19946 ;;;;;; 58279))
19947 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19949 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19950 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19951 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19952 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19953 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19954 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19956 \(fn)" nil nil)
19958 ;;;***
19960 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19961 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19962 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17842 58279))
19963 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19965 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19966 Completion for `cd'.
19968 \(fn)" nil nil)
19970 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19972 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19973 Completion for `rmdir'.
19975 \(fn)" nil nil)
19977 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19978 Completion for `rm'.
19980 \(fn)" nil nil)
19982 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19983 Completion for `xargs'.
19985 \(fn)" nil nil)
19987 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19989 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19990 Completion for `which'.
19992 \(fn)" nil nil)
19994 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19995 Completion for the `chown' command.
19997 \(fn)" nil nil)
19999 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20000 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20002 \(fn)" nil nil)
20004 ;;;***
20006 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20007 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20008 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17944
20009 ;;;;;; 62194))
20010 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20012 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
20013 Support extensible programmable completion.
20014 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20015 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20017 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20019 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
20020 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20022 \(fn)" t nil)
20024 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
20025 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20026 This will modify the current buffer.
20028 \(fn)" t nil)
20030 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
20031 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20033 \(fn)" t nil)
20035 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20036 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20037 This will modify the current buffer.
20039 \(fn)" t nil)
20041 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20042 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20044 \(fn)" t nil)
20046 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20047 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20049 \(fn)" t nil)
20051 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20052 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20053 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20054 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20055 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20057 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20059 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20060 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20062 \(fn)" nil nil)
20064 ;;;***
20066 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20067 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20068 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17842 58279))
20069 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20071 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20072 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20073 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20074 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20076 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20078 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20080 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20081 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20082 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20083 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20084 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20085 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20086 FLAGS is ignored.
20088 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20090 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20091 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20092 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20093 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20094 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20095 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20096 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20097 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20099 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20101 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20102 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20103 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20104 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20105 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20106 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20107 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20108 passed to cvs.
20110 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20112 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20113 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20114 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20115 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20116 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20117 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20118 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20120 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20122 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20124 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20125 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20126 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20128 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20130 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20131 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20132 nil means never do it.
20133 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20134 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20135 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20137 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20139 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20140 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20141 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20143 ;;;***
20145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17842 58279))
20146 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20148 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20150 ;;;***
20152 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20153 ;;;;;; (17955 36604))
20154 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20156 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20157 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20158 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20159 Tab indents for Perl code.
20160 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20161 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20162 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20163 \\{perl-mode-map}
20164 Variables controlling indentation style:
20165 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20166 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20167 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20168 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20169 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20170 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20171 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20172 `perl-nochange'
20173 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20174 `perl-indent-level'
20175 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20176 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20177 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20178 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20179 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20180 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20181 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20182 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20183 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20184 `perl-brace-offset'
20185 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20186 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20187 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20188 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20189 `perl-label-offset'
20190 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20191 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20192 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20194 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20195 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20196 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20197 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20198 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20199 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20200 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20202 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20204 \(fn)" t nil)
20206 ;;;***
20208 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20209 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20210 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20211 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17842 58279))
20212 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20214 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20215 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20217 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20219 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20220 passphrase cache or user.
20222 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20224 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20225 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20227 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20228 cache or user.
20230 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20232 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20233 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20235 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20236 the region.
20238 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20239 passphrase cache or user.
20241 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20243 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20244 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20246 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20248 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20249 the region.
20251 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20252 passphrase cache or user.
20254 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20256 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20257 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20259 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20260 passphrase cache or user.
20262 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20264 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20265 Decrypt the current buffer.
20267 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20268 the region.
20270 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20271 passphrase cache or user.
20273 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20275 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20276 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20278 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20279 a detached signature.
20281 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20282 and the the output is displayed.
20284 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20285 passphrase cache or user.
20287 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20289 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20290 Sign the current buffer.
20292 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20293 detached signature.
20295 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20296 within the region.
20298 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20299 and the the output is displayed.
20301 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20302 passphrase cache or user.
20304 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20306 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20307 Verify the current region between START and END.
20308 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20309 the detached signature of the current region.
20311 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20312 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20314 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20316 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20317 Verify the current buffer.
20318 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20319 the detached signature of the current region.
20320 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20321 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20322 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20323 within the region.
20325 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20327 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20328 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20330 \(fn)" t nil)
20332 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20333 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20335 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20337 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20338 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20340 \(fn)" t nil)
20342 ;;;***
20344 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20345 ;;;;;; (17887 33207))
20346 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20348 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20349 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20351 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20353 ;;;***
20355 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20356 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
20357 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20359 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20360 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20361 \\<picture-mode-map>
20362 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20363 afterwards settable by these commands:
20365 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20366 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20367 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20368 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20370 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20371 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20372 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20373 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20375 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20376 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20377 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20378 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20380 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20381 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20382 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20383 with these commands:
20385 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20386 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20387 Move to column following last
20388 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20389 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20390 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20391 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20392 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20393 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20395 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20397 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20398 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20399 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20400 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20401 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20402 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20404 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20405 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20406 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20407 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20408 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20409 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20410 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20412 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20413 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20414 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20415 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20416 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20417 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20418 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20419 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20421 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20422 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20423 by supplying an argument.
20425 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20427 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20428 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20430 \(fn)" t nil)
20432 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20434 ;;;***
20436 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20437 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
20438 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20440 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20441 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20442 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20444 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20446 ;;;***
20448 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17842 55395))
20449 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20451 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20452 Play pong and waste time.
20453 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20454 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20456 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20458 \\{pong-mode-map}
20460 \(fn)" t nil)
20462 ;;;***
20464 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20465 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17852 19612))
20466 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20468 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20469 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20470 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20471 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20473 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20475 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20476 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20478 \(fn)" nil nil)
20480 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20481 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20482 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20483 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20484 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20486 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20488 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20489 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20490 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20492 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20494 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20495 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20496 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20497 Ignores leading comment characters.
20499 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20501 ;;;***
20503 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20504 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20505 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20506 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20507 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20508 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20509 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20510 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20511 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20512 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20513 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20514 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20515 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20516 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20517 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20518 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20519 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20520 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20521 ;;;;;; (17866 8704))
20522 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20524 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20525 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20527 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20529 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20531 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20533 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20534 Preview directory using ghostview.
20536 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20537 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20538 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20539 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20541 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20542 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20543 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20544 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20545 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20546 file name.
20548 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20550 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20552 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20553 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20555 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20556 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20557 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20558 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20560 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20561 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20562 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20563 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20564 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20565 file name.
20567 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20569 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20571 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20572 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20574 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20575 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20576 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20577 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20579 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20580 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20581 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20582 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20583 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20584 file name.
20586 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20588 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20590 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20591 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20593 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20595 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20596 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20597 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20598 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20600 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20601 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20602 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20603 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20604 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20605 file name.
20607 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20609 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20611 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20612 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20614 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20615 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20616 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20618 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20619 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20620 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20621 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20623 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20625 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20626 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20628 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20629 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20630 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20632 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20633 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20634 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20635 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20637 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20639 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20640 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20642 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20643 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20644 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20646 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20647 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20648 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20649 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20651 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20653 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20654 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20656 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20658 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20659 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20660 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20662 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20663 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20664 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20665 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20667 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20669 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20670 Preview region using ghostview.
20672 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20674 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20676 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20677 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20679 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20681 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20683 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20684 Print region using PostScript printer.
20686 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20688 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20690 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20691 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20693 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20695 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20697 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20698 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20700 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20702 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20704 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20705 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20707 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20709 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20711 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20712 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20714 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20716 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20718 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20719 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20721 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20723 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20725 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20726 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20727 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20728 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20730 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20731 matching.
20733 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20734 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20736 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20738 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20740 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20741 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20742 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20743 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20745 \(fn)" t nil)
20747 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20748 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20749 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20750 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20752 \(fn)" t nil)
20754 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20755 Print directory using text printer.
20757 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20758 matching.
20760 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20761 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20763 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20765 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20767 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20768 Print buffer using text printer.
20770 \(fn)" t nil)
20772 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20773 Print region using text printer.
20775 \(fn)" t nil)
20777 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20778 Print major mode using text printer.
20780 \(fn)" t nil)
20782 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20783 Preview spooled PostScript.
20785 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20786 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20787 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20789 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20790 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20791 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20793 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20795 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20796 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20798 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20799 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20800 instead of sending it to the printer.
20802 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20803 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20804 image in a file with that name.
20806 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20808 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20809 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20811 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20812 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20813 instead of sending it to the printer.
20815 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20816 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20817 image in a file with that name.
20819 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20821 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20822 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20824 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20825 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20826 instead of sending it to the printer.
20828 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20829 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20830 image in a file with that name.
20832 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20834 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20835 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20837 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20839 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20840 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20842 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20844 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20845 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20847 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20849 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20850 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20852 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20854 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20855 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20857 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20859 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20860 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20862 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20863 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20864 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20865 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20867 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20868 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20869 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20870 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20871 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20872 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20873 file name.
20875 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20877 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20878 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20880 \(fn)" t nil)
20882 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20883 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20885 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20886 right.
20887 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20888 bottom.
20890 \(fn)" t nil)
20892 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20893 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20895 \(fn)" t nil)
20897 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20898 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20900 \(fn)" t nil)
20902 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20903 Toggle printing with faces.
20905 \(fn)" t nil)
20907 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20908 Toggle spooling.
20910 \(fn)" t nil)
20912 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20913 Toggle duplex.
20915 \(fn)" t nil)
20917 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20918 Toggle tumble.
20920 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20921 right.
20922 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20923 bottom.
20925 \(fn)" t nil)
20927 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20928 Toggle landscape.
20930 \(fn)" t nil)
20932 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20933 Toggle upside-down.
20935 \(fn)" t nil)
20937 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20938 Toggle line number.
20940 \(fn)" t nil)
20942 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20943 Toggle zebra stripes.
20945 \(fn)" t nil)
20947 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20948 Toggle printing header.
20950 \(fn)" t nil)
20952 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20953 Toggle printing header frame.
20955 \(fn)" t nil)
20957 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20958 Toggle menu lock.
20960 \(fn)" t nil)
20962 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20963 Toggle auto region.
20965 \(fn)" t nil)
20967 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20968 Toggle auto mode.
20970 \(fn)" t nil)
20972 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20973 Customization of the `printing' group.
20975 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20977 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20978 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20980 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20982 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20983 Help for the printing package.
20985 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20987 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20988 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20990 \(fn)" t nil)
20992 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20993 Interactively select a text printer.
20995 \(fn)" t nil)
20997 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20998 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21000 \(fn)" t nil)
21002 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
21003 Show current ps-print settings.
21005 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21007 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
21008 Show current printing settings.
21010 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21012 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
21013 Show current lpr settings.
21015 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21017 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21018 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21020 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21021 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21022 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21023 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21026 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21028 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21029 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21030 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21032 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21033 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21034 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21035 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21036 current active printer.
21038 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21039 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21040 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21041 printer.
21043 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21044 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21045 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21046 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21047 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21050 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21051 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21053 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21055 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21056 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21057 be done using the new current active printer.
21059 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21060 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21061 printer.
21063 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21064 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21065 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21066 instead of sending it to the printer.
21068 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21069 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21070 printer.
21072 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21075 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21076 are both set to t.
21078 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21080 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21081 Fast fire function for text printing.
21083 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21084 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21085 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21086 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21088 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21089 user for a new active text printer.
21091 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21093 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21095 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21096 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21097 printer.
21099 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21101 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21102 are both set to t.
21104 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21106 ;;;***
21108 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21109 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
21110 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21112 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21113 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21114 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21115 Commands:
21116 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21117 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21118 if that value is non-nil.
21120 \(fn)" t nil)
21122 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21124 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21125 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21126 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21128 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21130 ;;;***
21132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17842 58279))
21133 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21135 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21136 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21137 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21139 ;;;***
21141 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17842
21142 ;;;;;; 56332))
21143 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21145 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21146 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21148 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21150 The following variables hold user options, and can
21151 be set through the `customize' command:
21153 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21154 `ps-mode-tab'
21155 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21156 `ps-mode-print-function'
21157 `ps-run-prompt'
21158 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21159 `ps-run-x'
21160 `ps-run-dumb'
21161 `ps-run-init'
21162 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21163 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21165 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21168 \\{ps-mode-map}
21171 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21172 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21173 The keymap for this second window is:
21175 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21178 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21179 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21180 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21181 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21182 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21184 \(fn)" t nil)
21186 ;;;***
21188 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21189 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21190 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21191 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17842 58279))
21192 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21194 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21195 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21197 Valid values are:
21199 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21200 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21201 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21202 changed by setting the variable
21203 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21204 The initial value of this variable is
21205 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21206 documentation).
21208 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21209 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21210 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21211 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21212 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21213 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21214 test it.
21216 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21217 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21218 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21219 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21220 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21221 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21222 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21223 use this value, be sure to have installed
21224 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21225 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21226 documentation of this variable).
21228 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21229 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21230 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21231 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21232 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21233 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21235 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21237 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21239 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21240 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21241 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21243 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21245 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21246 Not documented
21248 \(fn)" nil nil)
21250 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21251 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21253 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21255 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21257 Returns the value:
21259 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21261 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21262 the sequence.
21264 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21266 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21267 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21269 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21270 composition.
21272 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21274 Returns the value:
21276 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21278 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21279 the sequence.
21281 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21283 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21284 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21286 \(fn)" nil nil)
21288 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21289 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21290 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21292 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21294 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21295 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21296 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21298 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21300 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21301 Not documented
21303 \(fn)" nil nil)
21305 ;;;***
21307 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21308 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21309 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21310 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21311 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21312 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17900
21313 ;;;;;; 43896))
21314 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21316 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21317 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21318 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21320 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21322 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21323 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21324 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21325 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21327 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21329 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21330 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21332 Valid values are:
21334 nil Do not print colors.
21336 t Print colors.
21338 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21339 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21341 Any other value is treated as t.")
21343 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21345 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21346 Customization of ps-print group.
21348 \(fn)" t nil)
21350 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21351 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21353 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21354 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21355 sending it to the printer.
21357 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21358 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21359 image in a file with that name.
21361 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21363 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21364 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21365 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21366 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21367 so it has a way to determine color values.
21369 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21371 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21372 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21373 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21375 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21377 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21378 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21379 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21380 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21381 so it has a way to determine color values.
21383 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21385 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21386 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21387 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21388 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21390 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21392 \(fn)" t nil)
21394 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21395 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21396 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21397 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21398 so it has a way to determine color values.
21400 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21402 \(fn)" t nil)
21404 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21405 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21406 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21408 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21410 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21412 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21413 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21414 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21415 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21416 so it has a way to determine color values.
21418 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21420 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21422 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21423 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21425 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21426 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21427 instead of sending it to the printer.
21429 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21430 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21431 image in a file with that name.
21433 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21435 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21436 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21437 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21438 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21439 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21441 \(fn)" t nil)
21443 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21444 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21445 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21447 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21449 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21450 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21451 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21453 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21455 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21456 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21458 \(fn)" nil nil)
21460 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21461 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21463 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21464 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21466 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21467 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21469 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21471 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21473 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21475 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21476 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21478 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21479 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21481 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21482 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21484 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21486 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21488 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21490 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21491 foreground and background colors respectively.
21493 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21494 bold - use bold font.
21495 italic - use italic font.
21496 underline - put a line under text.
21497 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21498 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21499 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21500 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21501 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21503 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21505 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21507 ;;;***
21509 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21510 ;;;;;; (17956 9518))
21511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21513 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21515 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21517 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21519 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21520 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21521 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21522 buffer automatically.
21524 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21525 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21526 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21527 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21528 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21529 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21530 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21532 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21533 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21534 buffer for a list of commands.)
21536 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21538 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21539 Major mode for editing Python files.
21540 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21541 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21542 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21543 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21545 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21546 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21547 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21548 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21549 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21550 \\<python-mode-map>
21551 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21552 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21553 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21554 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21555 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21556 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21558 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21559 effect outside them.
21561 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21562 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21563 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21564 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21565 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21566 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21567 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21568 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21569 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21571 \\{python-mode-map}
21573 \(fn)" t nil)
21575 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21576 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21577 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21578 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21580 \(fn)" t nil)
21582 ;;;***
21584 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21585 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
21586 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21588 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21589 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21590 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21591 coding-system.
21593 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21594 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21596 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21597 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21598 them into characters should be done separately.
21600 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21602 ;;;***
21604 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21605 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21606 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21607 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21608 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17921 16827))
21609 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21611 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21612 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21614 \(fn)" nil nil)
21616 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21617 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21618 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21620 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21621 `quail-activate', which see.
21623 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21625 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21626 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21627 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21628 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21629 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21630 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21631 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21633 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21634 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21635 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21636 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21637 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21638 shown.
21639 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21641 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21642 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21643 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21644 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21645 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21646 list of candidates.
21648 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21649 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21650 command to be called.
21652 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21653 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21654 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21655 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21657 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21658 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21659 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21660 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21661 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21662 to t.
21664 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21665 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21666 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21667 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21669 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21670 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21671 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21672 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21674 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21675 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21676 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21677 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21678 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21679 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21681 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21682 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21683 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21684 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21685 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21686 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21688 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21689 covers Quail translation region.
21691 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21692 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21693 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21694 for it) is inserted.
21696 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21697 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21698 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21700 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21701 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21702 non-Quail commands.
21704 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21706 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21707 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21709 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21710 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21711 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21712 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21713 you type is correctly handled.
21715 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21717 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21718 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21720 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21721 keyboard type.
21723 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21725 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21726 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21727 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21728 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21729 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21730 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21731 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21732 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21733 for the translation.
21734 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21736 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21737 it is used to handle KEY.
21739 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21740 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21741 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21742 the following annotation types are supported.
21744 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21745 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21747 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21748 candidate list.
21750 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21751 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21752 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21753 inserted.
21755 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21756 generated for the following translations.
21758 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21760 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21761 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21763 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21764 which to install MAP.
21766 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21768 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21770 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21771 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21773 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21774 which to install MAP.
21776 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21778 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21780 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21781 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21782 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21783 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21784 a function, or a cons.
21785 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21786 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21787 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21788 for the translation.
21789 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21790 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21791 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21792 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21793 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21795 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21796 it is used to handle KEY.
21798 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21799 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21800 current Quail package.
21802 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21803 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21805 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21807 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21808 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21810 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21811 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21813 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21815 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21816 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21818 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21820 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21821 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21822 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21823 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21824 of the Emacs source tree.
21826 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21827 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21829 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21830 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21831 of each directory.
21833 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21835 ;;;***
21837 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21838 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21839 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17842
21840 ;;;;;; 55218))
21841 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21843 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21844 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21845 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21846 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21848 To make use of this do something like:
21850 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21852 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21854 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21855 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21857 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21858 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21859 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21861 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21863 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21864 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21866 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21868 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21869 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21871 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21872 is decided.
21874 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21876 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21877 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21879 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21880 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21881 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21883 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21885 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21886 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21888 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21890 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21891 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21893 \(fn)" t nil)
21895 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21896 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21898 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21900 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21902 \(fn)" t nil)
21904 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21905 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21907 \(fn)" t nil)
21909 ;;;***
21911 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21912 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17907 1946))
21913 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21915 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21916 Connect to IRC.
21917 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
21919 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21921 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21923 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
21924 Not documented
21926 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21928 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21929 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21930 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21931 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21932 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21933 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21935 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
21937 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
21938 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
21940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21942 ;;;***
21944 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17842
21945 ;;;;;; 55218))
21946 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21948 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21949 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21950 See \\[compile].
21952 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21954 ;;;***
21956 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21957 ;;;;;; (17917 37732))
21958 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21960 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21962 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21963 Construct a regexp interactively.
21965 \(fn)" t nil)
21967 ;;;***
21969 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17930 34071))
21970 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21972 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21973 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21974 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21975 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21976 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21977 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
21979 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
21981 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21982 Toggle recentf mode.
21983 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21984 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21986 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21987 that were operated on recently.
21989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21991 ;;;***
21993 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21994 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21995 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21996 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17842
21997 ;;;;;; 58279))
21998 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22000 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
22001 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22002 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22003 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22005 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22007 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
22009 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
22010 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22011 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22012 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22013 ends.
22015 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22016 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22017 to be deleted.
22019 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22021 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22022 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22023 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22025 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22026 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22027 deleted.
22029 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22031 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22032 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22033 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22035 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22037 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22038 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22040 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22041 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22043 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22044 deleted.
22046 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22047 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22048 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22049 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22050 even beep.)
22052 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22054 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22055 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22057 \(fn)" t nil)
22059 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22060 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22061 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22062 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22063 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22064 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22065 and point is at the lower right corner.
22067 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22069 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22070 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22072 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22073 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22075 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22076 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22077 on the right side of the rectangle.
22079 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22081 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22083 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22084 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22085 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22086 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22087 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22089 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22090 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22092 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22094 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22095 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22096 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22098 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22100 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22102 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22104 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22105 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22107 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22108 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22109 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22111 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22113 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22114 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22115 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22117 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22118 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22119 rectangle which were empty.
22121 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22123 ;;;***
22125 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17842
22126 ;;;;;; 58277))
22127 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22129 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22130 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22131 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22133 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22134 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22135 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22139 ;;;***
22141 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22142 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17923 8784))
22143 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22145 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22146 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22148 \(fn)" nil nil)
22150 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22151 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22153 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22154 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22156 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22157 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22158 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22159 \\ref macro.
22161 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22162 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22163 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22165 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22166 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22167 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22169 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22170 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22172 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22173 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22175 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22176 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22177 on the menu bar.
22179 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22183 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22184 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22185 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22187 \(fn)" nil nil)
22189 ;;;***
22191 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22192 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22193 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22195 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22196 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22197 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22198 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22199 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22200 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22202 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22204 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22206 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22207 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22208 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22209 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22210 `reftex-cite-format'.
22212 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22213 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22214 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22215 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22217 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22219 ;;;***
22221 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22222 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22225 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22226 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22227 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22228 the current TeX document.
22230 With no argument, this command toggles
22231 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22232 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22236 ;;;***
22238 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22239 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22240 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22242 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22243 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22244 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22246 To insert new phrases, use
22247 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22248 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22250 To index phrases use one of:
22252 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22253 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22254 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22255 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22256 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22258 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22259 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22261 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22263 Here are all local bindings.
22265 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22267 \(fn)" t nil)
22269 ;;;***
22271 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22272 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22273 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22275 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22276 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22277 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22278 of master file.
22280 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22282 ;;;***
22284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17923
22285 ;;;;;; 8784))
22286 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22287 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22288 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22289 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22290 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22292 ;;;***
22294 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22295 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
22296 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22298 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22299 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22300 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22301 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22302 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22303 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22305 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22306 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22308 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22309 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22311 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22313 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22314 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22315 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22316 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22318 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22320 ;;;***
22322 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17842 58279))
22323 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22325 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22326 Repeat most recently executed command.
22327 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22328 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22329 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22331 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22332 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22333 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22335 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22337 ;;;***
22339 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22340 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
22341 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22343 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22344 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22346 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22347 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22348 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22349 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22350 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22351 and point is left after the salutation.
22353 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22354 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22355 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22356 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22357 left after that text.
22359 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22360 is non-nil.
22362 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22363 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22364 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22365 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22367 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22369 ;;;***
22371 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22372 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
22373 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22375 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22376 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22377 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22378 visibility of comments that precede it.
22379 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22380 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22381 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22382 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22383 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22384 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22385 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22386 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22387 the comment lines.
22388 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22389 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22390 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22391 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22392 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22395 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22397 ;;;***
22399 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17842
22400 ;;;;;; 58279))
22401 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22403 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22404 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22406 \(fn)" nil nil)
22408 ;;;***
22410 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22411 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
22412 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22414 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22415 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22416 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22418 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22419 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22420 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22424 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22425 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22426 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22427 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22428 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22429 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22431 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22433 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22434 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22435 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22437 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22438 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22439 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22443 ;;;***
22445 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22446 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
22447 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22449 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22450 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22452 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22454 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22455 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22457 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22459 ;;;***
22461 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17842 55218))
22462 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22463 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22465 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22466 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22467 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22468 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22470 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22472 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22473 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22474 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22475 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22477 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22478 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22480 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22481 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22483 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22484 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22485 INPUT-ARGS.
22487 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22488 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22489 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22490 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22491 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22493 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22494 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22495 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22496 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22498 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22499 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22500 variable.
22502 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22504 ;;;***
22506 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22507 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22508 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22509 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22510 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22511 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22512 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17938
22513 ;;;;;; 22875))
22514 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22516 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22517 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22518 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22520 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22522 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22523 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22524 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22525 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22527 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22529 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22530 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22531 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22532 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22533 value is the user's email address and name.)
22534 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22536 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22537 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22538 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22539 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22540 which normally happens once for each message,
22541 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22542 To make a change in this variable take effect
22543 for a message that you have already viewed,
22544 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22546 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22548 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22549 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22550 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22551 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22553 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22555 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22556 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22558 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22560 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22561 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22562 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22563 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22565 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22567 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22568 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22570 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22572 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22573 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22575 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22577 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22578 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22579 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22580 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22581 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22583 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22585 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22586 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22587 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22588 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22590 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22592 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22593 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22595 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22597 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22598 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22600 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22602 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22603 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22605 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22607 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22608 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22610 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22611 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22613 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22614 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22616 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22618 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22619 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22621 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22622 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22623 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22624 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22626 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22627 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22629 This is set to nil by default.")
22631 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22632 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22633 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22634 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22635 until a user explicitly requires it.
22637 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22638 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22639 in your session.")
22641 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22643 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22644 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22645 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22646 It is called with no argument.")
22648 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22649 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22650 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22651 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22652 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22653 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22654 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22656 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22657 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22658 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22659 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22660 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22661 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22663 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22664 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22665 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22666 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22667 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22669 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22670 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22671 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22672 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22673 MSG is the message number,
22674 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22675 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22677 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22678 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22679 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22680 this feature is required with `require'.
22682 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22683 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22685 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22686 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22687 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22688 the message is decoded as normal way.
22690 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22691 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22692 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22694 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22695 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22696 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22698 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22699 Read and edit incoming mail.
22700 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22701 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22702 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22704 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22705 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22706 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22707 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22709 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22711 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22713 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22714 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22715 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22716 Instead, these commands are available:
22718 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22719 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22720 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22721 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22722 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22723 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22724 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22725 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22726 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22727 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22728 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22729 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22730 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22731 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22732 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22733 till a deleted message is found.
22734 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22735 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22736 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22737 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22738 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22739 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22740 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22741 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22742 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22743 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22744 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22745 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22746 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22747 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22748 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22749 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22750 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22751 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22752 (label defaults to last one specified).
22753 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22754 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22755 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22756 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22757 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22758 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22759 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22760 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22761 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22763 \(fn)" t nil)
22765 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22766 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22768 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22770 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22771 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22773 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22775 ;;;***
22777 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22778 ;;;;;; (17887 18399))
22779 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22781 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22782 Edit the contents of this message.
22784 \(fn)" t nil)
22786 ;;;***
22788 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22789 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22790 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17842 55035))
22791 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22793 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22794 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22795 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22797 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22799 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22800 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22801 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22803 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22805 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22806 Not documented
22808 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22810 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22811 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22812 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22813 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22814 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22816 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22818 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22819 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22820 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22821 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22822 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22824 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22826 ;;;***
22828 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22829 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
22830 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22832 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22833 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22834 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22835 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22837 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22839 ;;;***
22841 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22842 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22843 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17842 55035))
22844 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22846 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22847 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22848 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22849 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22850 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22851 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22852 a file name as a string.")
22854 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
22856 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22857 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22858 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22859 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22860 buffer visiting that file.
22861 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22862 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22864 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22865 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22867 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22868 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22870 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22871 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22873 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22875 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22876 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22878 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
22880 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22881 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22882 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22883 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22884 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22886 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22887 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22888 will be appended with their original headers.
22890 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22891 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22893 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22894 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22896 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22898 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22900 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22901 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22902 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22904 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22906 ;;;***
22908 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22909 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22910 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17842
22911 ;;;;;; 55035))
22912 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22914 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22915 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22916 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22918 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22920 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22921 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22922 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22924 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22926 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22927 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22928 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22930 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22932 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22933 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22934 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22936 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22938 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22939 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22940 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22942 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22944 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22945 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22946 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22948 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22950 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22951 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22952 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22953 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22955 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22957 ;;;***
22959 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22960 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22961 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22962 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22963 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17842 55035))
22964 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22966 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22967 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22969 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
22971 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22972 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22974 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
22976 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22977 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22979 \(fn)" t nil)
22981 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22982 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22983 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22985 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22987 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22988 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22989 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22990 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22991 only look in the To and From fields.
22992 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22994 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22996 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22997 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22998 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22999 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23000 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23002 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23004 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
23005 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23006 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23007 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23008 look in the whole message.
23009 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23011 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23013 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
23014 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23015 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23017 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23019 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
23020 *Function to decode summary-line.
23022 By default, `identity' is set.")
23024 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
23026 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23027 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23028 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23029 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23030 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23031 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23032 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23034 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23035 sent by you under different user names.
23036 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23038 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23040 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
23042 ;;;***
23044 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23045 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17842 58279))
23046 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23048 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23049 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23051 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23053 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23054 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23056 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23058 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23059 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23061 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23063 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23064 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23065 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23067 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23068 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23069 in ROT13.
23071 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23073 \(fn)" t nil)
23075 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23076 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23078 \(fn)" t nil)
23080 ;;;***
23082 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17833
23083 ;;;;;; 43069))
23084 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23086 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23087 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23091 ;;;***
23093 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17842
23094 ;;;;;; 54152))
23095 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23097 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23098 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23099 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23100 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23102 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23104 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23105 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23106 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23107 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23109 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23110 notation.
23112 STRING
23113 matches string STRING literally.
23115 CHAR
23116 matches character CHAR literally.
23118 `not-newline', `nonl'
23119 matches any character except a newline.
23121 `anything'
23122 matches any character
23124 `(any SET ...)'
23125 `(in SET ...)'
23126 `(char SET ...)'
23127 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23128 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23129 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23131 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23132 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23133 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23134 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23136 `(not (any SET ...))'
23137 matches any character not in SET ...
23139 `line-start', `bol'
23140 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23141 in the text being matched
23143 `line-end', `eol'
23144 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23146 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23147 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23148 string being matched against.
23150 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23151 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23152 string being matched against.
23154 `buffer-start'
23155 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23156 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23158 `buffer-end'
23159 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23160 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23162 `point'
23163 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23165 `word-start', `bow'
23166 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23167 word.
23169 `word-end', `eow'
23170 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23172 `word-boundary'
23173 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23174 word.
23176 `(not word-boundary)'
23177 `not-word-boundary'
23178 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23179 word.
23181 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23182 matches 0 through 9.
23184 `control', `cntrl'
23185 matches ASCII control characters.
23187 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23188 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23190 `blank'
23191 matches space and tab only.
23193 `graphic', `graph'
23194 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23195 space, and DEL.
23197 `printing', `print'
23198 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23199 and DEL.
23201 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23202 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23203 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23205 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23206 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23207 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23209 `ascii'
23210 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23212 `nonascii'
23213 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23215 `lower', `lower-case'
23216 matches anything lower-case.
23218 `upper', `upper-case'
23219 matches anything upper-case.
23221 `punctuation', `punct'
23222 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23223 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23225 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23226 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23228 `word', `wordchar'
23229 matches anything that has word syntax.
23231 `not-wordchar'
23232 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23234 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23235 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23236 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23237 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23239 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23240 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23241 `word' (\\sw)
23242 `symbol' (\\s_)
23243 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23244 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23245 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23246 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23247 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23248 `escape' (\\s\\)
23249 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23250 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23251 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23252 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23253 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23255 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23256 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23258 `(category CATEGORY)'
23259 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23260 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23262 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23263 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23264 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23265 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23266 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23267 `symbol' (\\c5)
23268 `digit' (\\c6)
23269 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23270 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23271 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23272 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23273 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23274 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23275 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23276 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23277 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23278 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23279 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23280 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23281 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23282 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23283 `ascii' (\\ca)
23284 `arabic' (\\cb)
23285 `chinese' (\\cc)
23286 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23287 `greek' (\\cg)
23288 `korean' (\\ch)
23289 `indian' (\\ci)
23290 `japanese' (\\cj)
23291 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23292 `latin' (\\cl)
23293 `lao' (\\co)
23294 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23295 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23296 `thai' (\\ct)
23297 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23298 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23299 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23300 `can-break' (\\c|)
23302 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23303 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23305 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23306 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23307 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23308 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23309 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23311 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23312 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23313 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23314 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23316 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23317 another name for `submatch'.
23319 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23320 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23321 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23322 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23323 regular expression.
23325 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23326 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23327 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23328 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23329 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23331 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23332 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23334 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23335 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23337 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23338 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23339 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23341 `(* SEXP ...)'
23342 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23343 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23345 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23346 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23347 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23349 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23350 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23351 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23353 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23354 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23356 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23357 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23359 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23360 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23361 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23362 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23364 `(? SEXP ...)'
23365 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23367 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23368 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23370 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23371 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23372 matches N occurrences.
23374 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23375 matches N or more occurrences.
23377 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23378 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23379 matches N to M occurrences.
23381 `(backref N)'
23382 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23384 `(backref N)'
23385 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23387 `(backref N)'
23388 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23390 `(eval FORM)'
23391 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23392 `regexp-quote' it.
23394 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23395 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23397 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23399 ;;;***
23401 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23402 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
23403 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23405 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23406 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23407 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23408 interface.")
23410 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23412 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23413 Toggle savehist-mode.
23414 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23415 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23416 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23417 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23419 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23420 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23421 which is probably undesirable.
23423 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23425 ;;;***
23427 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23428 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
23429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23431 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23432 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23433 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23435 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23436 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23437 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23438 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23439 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23440 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23441 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23442 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23444 Commands:
23445 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23446 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23447 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23448 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23449 if that value is non-nil.
23451 \(fn)" t nil)
23453 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23454 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23455 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23457 Commands:
23458 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23459 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23460 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23461 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23462 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23463 that variable's value is a string.
23465 \(fn)" t nil)
23467 ;;;***
23469 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23470 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
23471 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23473 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23474 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23475 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23477 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23479 \(fn)" t nil)
23481 ;;;***
23483 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23484 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
23485 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23487 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23488 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23489 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23490 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23491 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23492 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23494 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23496 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23497 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23498 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23499 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23500 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23504 ;;;***
23506 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23507 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
23508 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23510 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23511 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23512 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23513 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23514 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23515 during scrolling.
23517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23519 ;;;***
23521 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23522 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23523 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23524 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23525 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23526 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23527 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23528 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23529 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17942 63381))
23530 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23532 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23533 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23535 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23536 king@grassland.com
23537 If `parens', they look like:
23538 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23539 If `angles', they look like:
23540 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23541 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23542 derived from the envelope-from address.
23544 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23545 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23546 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23547 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23549 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23551 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23552 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23553 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23554 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23556 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23557 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23558 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23559 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23561 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23563 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23564 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23565 This is done when the message is initialized,
23566 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23568 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23570 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23571 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23572 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23574 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23576 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23578 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23579 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23580 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23581 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23582 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23583 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23584 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23586 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23588 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23589 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23591 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23593 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23594 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23595 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23597 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23599 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23600 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23601 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23602 when you first send mail.")
23604 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23606 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23607 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23608 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23609 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23610 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23612 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23614 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23615 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23616 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23617 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23618 This file need not actually exist.")
23620 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23622 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23623 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23624 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23626 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23628 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23629 Alist of mail address aliases,
23630 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23631 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23632 can specify a different file name.)
23633 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23634 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23636 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23637 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23638 nil means use indentation.")
23640 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23642 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23643 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23644 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23646 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23648 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23649 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23650 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23651 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23652 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23653 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23654 in the cited portion of the message.
23656 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23657 instead of no action.")
23659 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23661 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23662 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23663 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23664 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23665 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23667 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23669 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23670 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23671 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23672 If a string, that string is inserted.
23673 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23674 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23675 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23676 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23678 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23680 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23681 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23683 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23685 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23686 Directory for mail buffers.
23687 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23688 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23690 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23692 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23693 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23694 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23695 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23697 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23699 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23700 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23701 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23702 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23703 is non-nil.")
23705 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23707 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23708 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23709 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23710 `query' means ask the user each time.
23711 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23712 The default is `mime'.
23713 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23714 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23716 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23718 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23719 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23720 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23722 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23723 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23725 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23726 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
23727 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
23728 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23729 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23730 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23731 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
23732 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23733 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23734 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23735 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
23736 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23737 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23739 \(fn)" t nil)
23741 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23742 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23744 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23745 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23747 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23749 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23750 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23751 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23752 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23753 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23754 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23756 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23757 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23758 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23760 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23761 User should not set this variable manually,
23762 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23763 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23764 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23765 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23767 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23768 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23769 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23770 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23772 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23773 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23775 \\<mail-mode-map>
23776 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23778 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23779 to move to message header fields:
23780 \\{mail-mode-map}
23782 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23783 when the message is initialized.
23785 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23786 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23788 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23789 is inserted.
23791 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23792 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23794 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23795 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23796 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23797 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23798 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23799 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23800 buffer without erasing the contents.
23802 The second through fifth arguments,
23803 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23804 the initial contents of those header fields.
23805 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23806 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23807 original message being replied to, or else an action
23808 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23809 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23810 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23811 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23812 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23813 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23815 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23817 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23818 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23820 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23822 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23823 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23825 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23827 ;;;***
23829 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23830 ;;;;;; (17921 16827))
23831 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23833 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23834 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23835 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23836 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23837 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23838 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23840 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
23841 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23843 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23845 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23846 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23847 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23848 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23849 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23850 or call the function `server-mode'.")
23852 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
23854 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23855 Toggle Server mode.
23856 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23857 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23858 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23862 ;;;***
23864 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17902 31690))
23865 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23867 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23868 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23869 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
23871 Key definitions:
23872 \\{ses-mode-map}
23873 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23874 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23875 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23876 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23878 \(fn)" t nil)
23880 ;;;***
23882 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23883 ;;;;;; (17887 16434))
23884 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23886 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23887 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23888 Makes > match <.
23889 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23890 `sgml-quick-keys'.
23892 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23893 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23894 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23896 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
23897 in your `.emacs' file.
23899 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23901 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23902 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23903 \\{sgml-mode-map}
23905 \(fn)" t nil)
23907 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23909 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23910 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23911 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23912 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23913 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23914 which this is based.
23916 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23918 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23919 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23920 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23921 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23923 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23924 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23925 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23927 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23928 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23929 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23930 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23932 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23933 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23934 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23935 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23937 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23939 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23940 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
23941 To work around that, do:
23942 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23944 \\{html-mode-map}
23946 \(fn)" t nil)
23948 ;;;***
23950 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23951 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
23952 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23953 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
23955 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23956 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23957 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23958 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23959 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23960 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23962 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23963 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23964 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23965 shell-specific features.
23967 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23968 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23969 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23970 \\<sh-mode-map>
23971 \\[sh-case] case statement
23972 \\[sh-for] for loop
23973 \\[sh-function] function definition
23974 \\[sh-if] if statement
23975 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23976 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23977 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23978 \\[sh-select] select loop
23979 \\[sh-until] until loop
23980 \\[sh-while] while loop
23982 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23983 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23984 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23985 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23986 would indent to the way it currently is.
23987 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23988 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23991 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23992 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23993 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23994 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23995 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23996 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23998 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23999 {, (, [, ', \", `
24000 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24002 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24003 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24004 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24006 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24007 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24009 \(fn)" t nil)
24011 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24013 ;;;***
24015 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17842 54741))
24016 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24018 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24019 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24020 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24021 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24022 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24023 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24025 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24027 ;;;***
24029 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24030 ;;;;;; (17853 57352))
24031 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24033 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24034 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24036 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24037 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24038 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24039 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24040 the earlier.
24042 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24044 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24046 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24047 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24048 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24050 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24051 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24053 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24054 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24055 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24056 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24057 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24058 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24059 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24060 Emacs version).
24062 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24063 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24064 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24065 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24066 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24068 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24069 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24070 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24072 \(fn)" t nil)
24074 ;;;***
24076 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24077 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17842
24078 ;;;;;; 58278))
24079 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24081 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24082 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24083 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24084 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24085 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24086 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24087 in the cluster.
24089 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24091 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24092 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24093 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24094 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24095 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24097 \(fn)" t nil)
24099 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24100 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24101 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24102 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24103 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24104 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24105 `shadow-define-cluster').
24107 \(fn)" t nil)
24109 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24110 Set up file shadowing.
24112 \(fn)" t nil)
24114 ;;;***
24116 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24117 ;;;;;; (17899 1575))
24118 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24120 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24121 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24122 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24123 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24124 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24125 arguments.")
24127 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24129 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24130 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24131 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24132 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24133 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24134 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24135 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24136 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24137 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24138 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24139 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24140 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24141 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24142 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24144 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24145 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24146 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24147 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24148 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24149 `default-process-coding-system'.
24151 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24152 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24153 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24154 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24156 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24158 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24159 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24161 ;;;***
24163 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24164 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17842 54741))
24165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24167 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24168 Not documented
24170 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24172 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24173 Not documented
24175 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24177 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24178 Not documented
24180 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24182 ;;;***
24184 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24185 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
24186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24188 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24189 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24190 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24191 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24192 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24194 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24196 \(fn)" t nil)
24198 ;;;***
24200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17949 41467))
24201 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24202 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24204 ;;;***
24206 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17842
24207 ;;;;;; 56332))
24208 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24210 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24211 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24212 \\{simula-mode-map}
24213 Variables controlling indentation style:
24214 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24215 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24216 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24217 `simula-indent-level'
24218 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24219 `simula-substatement-offset'
24220 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24221 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24222 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24223 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24224 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24225 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24226 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24227 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24228 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24229 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24230 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24231 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24232 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24233 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24234 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24235 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24236 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24237 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24238 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24239 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24240 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24241 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24242 or nil if they should not be changed.
24243 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24244 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24245 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24246 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24248 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24249 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24251 \(fn)" t nil)
24253 ;;;***
24255 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24256 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17842 58278))
24257 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24259 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24260 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24262 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24263 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24264 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24265 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24267 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24269 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24270 Insert SKELETON.
24271 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24272 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24273 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24274 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24275 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24277 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24278 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24280 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24282 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24283 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24285 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24286 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24287 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24288 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24290 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24291 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24292 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24293 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24295 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24296 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24297 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24299 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24300 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24302 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24303 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24305 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24306 _ interesting point, interregion here
24307 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24308 interesting point set by _
24309 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24310 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24311 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24312 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24313 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24314 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24315 nil skipped
24317 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24318 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24320 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24321 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24322 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24323 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24324 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24325 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24326 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24327 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24329 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24330 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24331 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24332 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24333 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24334 available:
24336 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24337 then: insert previously read string once more
24338 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24339 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24340 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24342 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24343 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24345 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24347 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24348 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24350 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24351 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24352 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24353 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24354 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24355 such as backslash.
24357 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24358 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24359 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24361 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24363 ;;;***
24365 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24366 ;;;;;; (17904 28230))
24367 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24369 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24370 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24371 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24372 buffer names.
24374 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24376 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24377 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24378 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24382 ;;;***
24384 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24385 ;;;;;; (17875 18370))
24386 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24388 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24389 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24390 A list of images is returned.
24392 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24394 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24395 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24396 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24398 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24400 ;;;***
24402 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24403 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17939 50716))
24404 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24406 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24407 Not documented
24409 \(fn)" nil nil)
24411 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24412 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24414 \(fn)" t nil)
24416 ;;;***
24418 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17842 55395))
24419 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24421 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24422 Play the Snake game.
24423 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24425 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24427 Snake mode keybindings:
24428 \\<snake-mode-map>
24429 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24430 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24431 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24432 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24433 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24434 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24435 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24437 \(fn)" t nil)
24439 ;;;***
24441 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24442 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
24443 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24445 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24446 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24447 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24448 Tab indents for C code.
24449 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24450 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24451 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24452 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24453 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24455 \(fn)" t nil)
24457 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24458 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24459 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24460 Tab indents for C code.
24461 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24462 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24463 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24464 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24465 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24467 \(fn)" t nil)
24469 ;;;***
24471 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24472 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24473 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17916 11038))
24474 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24476 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24477 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24479 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24480 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24481 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24483 For example, the form
24485 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24486 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24488 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24490 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24492 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24493 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24495 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24496 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24497 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24498 York City.
24500 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24502 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24504 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24505 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24507 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24508 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24509 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24510 York City.
24512 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24514 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24516 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24517 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24518 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24519 pair.
24521 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24523 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24525 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24526 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24527 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24529 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24530 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24532 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24536 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24537 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24538 Requires floating point.
24540 \(fn)" nil nil)
24542 ;;;***
24544 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17842
24545 ;;;;;; 55395))
24546 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24548 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24549 Play Solitaire.
24551 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24552 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24553 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24554 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24555 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24556 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24557 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24558 check after each move or undo)
24560 What is Solitaire?
24562 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24563 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24564 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24566 Le Solitaire
24567 ============
24569 o o o
24571 o o o
24573 o o o o o o o
24575 o o o . o o o
24577 o o o o o o o
24579 o o o
24581 o o o
24583 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24584 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24585 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24586 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24588 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24589 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24590 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24591 this: o o .
24593 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24594 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24596 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24598 o o o
24600 . o o
24602 o o . o o o o
24604 o . o o o o o
24606 o o o o o o o
24608 o o o
24610 o o o
24612 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24614 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24616 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24618 ;;;***
24620 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24621 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24622 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17842 58278))
24623 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24625 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24626 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24628 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24629 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24630 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24631 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24632 contiguous.
24634 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24635 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24636 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24637 the sort order.
24639 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24640 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24642 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24643 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24644 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24645 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24646 is called.
24648 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24649 It should move point to the end of the record.
24651 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24652 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24653 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24654 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24655 starts at the beginning of the record.
24657 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24658 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24659 same as ENDRECFUN.
24661 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24662 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24664 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24666 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24667 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24668 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24669 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24670 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24671 the sort order.
24673 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24675 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24676 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24677 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24678 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24679 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24680 the sort order.
24682 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24684 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24685 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24686 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24687 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24688 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24689 the sort order.
24691 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24693 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24694 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24695 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24696 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24697 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24698 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24699 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24700 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24701 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24703 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24705 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24706 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24707 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24708 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24709 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24710 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24711 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24712 the sort order.
24714 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24716 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24717 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24718 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24719 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24720 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24721 is to be used for sorting.
24722 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24723 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24724 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24725 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24726 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24728 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24730 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24731 the sort order.
24733 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24734 starting with the letter \"f\",
24735 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24737 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24739 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24740 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24741 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24742 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24743 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24744 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24745 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24746 the sort order.
24748 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24749 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24750 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24751 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24752 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24754 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24756 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24757 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24758 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24760 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24762 ;;;***
24764 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17842
24765 ;;;;;; 54741))
24766 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24768 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24769 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24771 \(fn)" t nil)
24773 ;;;***
24775 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24776 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24777 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17842 54741))
24778 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24780 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24781 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24783 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24784 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24785 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24787 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24789 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24790 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24791 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24792 server.
24794 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24796 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24797 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24798 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24800 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24802 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24803 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24804 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24805 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24806 Agent is plugged.
24808 \(fn)" t nil)
24810 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24811 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24812 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24813 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24815 \(fn)" t nil)
24817 ;;;***
24819 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24820 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17881 43027))
24821 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24823 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24825 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24826 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24827 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24828 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24829 supported at a time.
24830 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24831 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24835 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24836 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24837 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24838 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24840 \(fn)" t nil)
24842 ;;;***
24844 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24845 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17842 58276))
24846 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24848 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24850 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24851 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24852 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24853 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24854 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24855 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24857 \(fn)" t nil)
24859 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24860 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24861 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24862 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24864 \(fn)" t nil)
24866 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24867 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24868 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24869 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24870 for example, \"word\".
24872 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24874 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24875 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24877 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24879 ;;;***
24881 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17842
24882 ;;;;;; 55395))
24883 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24885 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24886 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24888 \(fn)" t nil)
24890 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24891 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24893 \(fn)" nil nil)
24895 ;;;***
24897 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24898 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24899 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24900 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17842
24901 ;;;;;; 56332))
24902 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24904 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24905 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24907 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24908 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24909 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24910 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24911 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24912 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24913 of the current highlighting list.
24915 For example:
24917 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24918 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24920 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24921 `_t' as data types.
24923 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24925 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24926 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24928 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24929 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24931 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24933 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24934 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24935 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24937 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24939 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24940 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24941 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24942 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24943 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24944 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24945 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
24946 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24947 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24949 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24951 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24952 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24953 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24954 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24956 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24957 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24958 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24959 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24961 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24962 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24963 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24965 \(fn)" t nil)
24967 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24968 Major mode to edit SQL.
24970 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24971 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24972 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24974 \\{sql-mode-map}
24975 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24977 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24978 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24979 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24980 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24981 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24982 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24984 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24985 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24987 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24988 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24989 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24991 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24992 (lambda ()
24993 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24995 \(fn)" t nil)
24997 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24998 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25000 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25001 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25002 `*SQL*'.
25004 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25006 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25008 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25009 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25011 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25012 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25013 `*SQL*'.
25015 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25016 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25017 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25018 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25020 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25021 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25023 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25024 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25025 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25026 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25027 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25028 `default-process-coding-system'.
25030 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25032 \(fn)" t nil)
25034 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25035 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25037 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25038 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25039 `*SQL*'.
25041 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25042 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25043 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25044 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25046 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25047 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25049 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25050 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25051 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25052 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25053 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25054 `default-process-coding-system'.
25056 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25058 \(fn)" t nil)
25060 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25061 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25063 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25064 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25065 `*SQL*'.
25067 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25068 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25070 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25071 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25073 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25074 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25075 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25076 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25077 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25078 `default-process-coding-system'.
25080 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25082 \(fn)" t nil)
25084 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25085 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25087 SQLite is free software.
25089 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25090 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25091 `*SQL*'.
25093 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25094 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25095 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25096 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25098 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25099 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25101 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25102 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25103 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25104 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25105 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25106 `default-process-coding-system'.
25108 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25110 \(fn)" t nil)
25112 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25113 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25115 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25117 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25118 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25119 `*SQL*'.
25121 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25122 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25123 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25124 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25126 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25127 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25129 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25130 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25131 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25132 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25133 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25134 `default-process-coding-system'.
25136 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25138 \(fn)" t nil)
25140 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25141 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25143 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25144 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25145 `*SQL*'.
25147 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25148 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25149 defaults, if set.
25151 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25152 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25154 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25155 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25156 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25157 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25158 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25159 `default-process-coding-system'.
25161 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25163 \(fn)" t nil)
25165 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25166 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25168 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25169 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25170 `*SQL*'.
25172 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25173 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25175 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25176 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25178 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25179 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25180 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25181 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25182 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25183 `default-process-coding-system'.
25185 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25187 \(fn)" t nil)
25189 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25190 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25192 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25193 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25194 `*SQL*'.
25196 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25197 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25198 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25199 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25201 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25202 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25204 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25205 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25206 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25207 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25208 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25209 `default-process-coding-system'.
25211 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25213 \(fn)" t nil)
25215 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25216 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25218 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25219 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25220 `*SQL*'.
25222 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25223 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25224 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25225 `sql-postgres-options'.
25227 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25228 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25230 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25231 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25232 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25233 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25234 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25235 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25236 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25237 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25239 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25240 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25242 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25244 \(fn)" t nil)
25246 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25247 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25249 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25250 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25251 `*SQL*'.
25253 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25254 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25255 defaults, if set.
25257 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25258 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25260 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25261 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25262 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25263 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25264 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25265 `default-process-coding-system'.
25267 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25269 \(fn)" t nil)
25271 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25272 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25274 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25275 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25276 `*SQL*'.
25278 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25279 automatic login.
25281 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25282 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25284 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25285 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25286 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25287 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25289 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25290 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25291 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25292 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25293 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25294 `default-process-coding-system'.
25296 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25298 \(fn)" t nil)
25300 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25301 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25303 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25304 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25305 `*SQL*'.
25307 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25308 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25309 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25310 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25311 parameters.
25313 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25314 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25315 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25316 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25317 an empty password.
25319 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25320 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25322 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25324 \(fn)" t nil)
25326 ;;;***
25328 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25329 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25330 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25331 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25332 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17842
25333 ;;;;;; 58278))
25334 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25336 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25337 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25338 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25339 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25340 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25341 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25343 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25345 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25347 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25348 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25349 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25350 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25351 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25352 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25353 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25355 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25357 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25358 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25359 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25360 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25361 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25362 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25363 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25365 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25367 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25368 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25369 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25371 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25373 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25374 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25375 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25377 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25379 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25380 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25382 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25384 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25385 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25387 \(fn)" t nil)
25389 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25390 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25392 \(fn)" t nil)
25394 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25395 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25396 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25397 chronologically by command name.
25398 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25400 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25402 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25403 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25404 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25405 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25406 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25407 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25409 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25411 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25412 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25413 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25414 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25415 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25416 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25417 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25419 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25420 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25421 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25422 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25424 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25428 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25429 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25430 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25431 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25433 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25435 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25436 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25438 \(fn)" t nil)
25440 ;;;***
25442 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25443 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16211 27038))
25444 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25446 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25447 Studlify-case the region.
25449 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25451 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25452 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25454 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25456 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25457 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25459 \(fn)" t nil)
25461 ;;;***
25463 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17949 41467))
25464 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25466 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25467 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25468 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25469 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25470 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25471 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25473 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25474 is used instead of `load-path'.
25476 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25477 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25478 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25480 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25482 ;;;***
25484 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25485 ;;;;;; (17854 7564))
25486 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25488 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25489 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25490 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25491 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25492 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25493 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25494 original message but it does require a few things:
25496 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25498 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25499 reply buffer.
25501 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25502 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25503 original message.
25505 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25507 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25509 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25510 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25511 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25513 \(fn)" nil nil)
25515 ;;;***
25517 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17938 61442))
25518 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25520 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25521 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25522 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25523 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25524 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25525 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25527 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25529 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25530 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25531 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25533 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25537 ;;;***
25539 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17842 58278))
25540 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25542 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25543 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25544 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25545 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25546 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25548 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25550 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25551 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25552 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25553 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25554 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25555 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25556 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25558 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25560 ;;;***
25562 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25563 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25564 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25565 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25566 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25567 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25568 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25569 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25570 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25571 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25572 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25573 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25574 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17842 58276))
25575 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25577 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25578 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25579 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25581 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25583 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25584 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25586 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25588 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25589 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25591 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25593 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25594 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25596 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25598 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25599 Insert an editable text table.
25600 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25601 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25602 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25603 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25604 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25605 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25606 delimiting them.
25608 Examples:
25610 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25612 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25613 location of point.
25617 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25618 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25619 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25620 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25621 first cell.
25623 +-----+-----+-----+
25624 |-!- | | |
25625 +-----+-----+-----+
25627 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25629 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25630 width, which results as
25632 +--------------+-----+-----+
25633 |-!- | | |
25634 +--------------+-----+-----+
25636 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25637 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25639 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25640 | | |-!- |
25641 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25643 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25644 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25645 width information to `table-insert'.
25647 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25649 instead of
25651 Cell width(s): 5
25653 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25654 work all together.
25656 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25657 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25659 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25660 |-!- | | |
25661 | | | |
25662 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25664 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25666 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25667 |-!- | | |
25668 | | | |
25669 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25670 | | | |
25671 | | | |
25672 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25674 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25676 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25677 | | | |
25678 | | | |
25679 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25680 | | | |
25681 | | | |
25682 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25685 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25686 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25687 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25689 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25690 | | | |
25691 | | | |
25692 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25693 | | | |
25694 | | | |
25695 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25696 |-!- | | |
25697 | | | |
25698 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25700 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25701 results.
25703 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25704 | | | |
25705 | | | |
25706 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25707 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25708 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25709 | | |expected results.-!- |
25710 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25711 | | | |
25712 | | | |
25713 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25715 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25717 \\{table-cell-map}
25719 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25721 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25722 Insert N table row(s).
25723 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25724 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25725 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25726 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25728 \(fn N)" t nil)
25730 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25731 Insert N table column(s).
25732 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25733 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25734 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25735 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25737 \(fn N)" t nil)
25739 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25740 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25741 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25743 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25745 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25746 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25747 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25748 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25749 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25750 all the table specific features.
25752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25754 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25755 Not documented
25757 \(fn)" t nil)
25759 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25760 Recognize all tables within region.
25761 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25762 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25763 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25764 specific features.
25766 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25768 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25769 Not documented
25771 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25773 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25774 Recognize a table at point.
25775 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25776 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25777 the table specific features.
25779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25781 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25782 Not documented
25784 \(fn)" t nil)
25786 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25787 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25788 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25789 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25790 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25791 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25792 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25794 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25796 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25797 Not documented
25799 \(fn)" t nil)
25801 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25802 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25803 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25804 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25805 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25806 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25807 specified.
25809 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25811 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25812 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25813 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25814 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25815 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25816 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25817 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25818 table structure.
25820 \(fn N)" t nil)
25822 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25823 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25824 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25825 table's rectangle structure.
25827 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25829 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25830 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25831 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25832 table's rectangle structure.
25834 \(fn N)" t nil)
25836 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25837 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25838 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25839 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25840 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25842 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25844 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25845 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25846 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25848 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25849 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25850 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25851 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25852 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25853 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25854 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25856 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25857 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25858 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25859 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25860 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25861 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25862 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25864 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25865 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25866 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25867 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25868 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25869 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25870 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25871 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25873 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25875 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25876 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25877 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25878 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25882 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25883 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25884 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25886 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25888 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25889 Split current cell vertically.
25890 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25892 \(fn)" t nil)
25894 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25895 Split current cell horizontally.
25896 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25898 \(fn)" t nil)
25900 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25901 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25902 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25904 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25906 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25907 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25908 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25909 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25911 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25913 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25914 Justify cell contents.
25915 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25916 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25917 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25918 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25920 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25922 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25923 Justify cells of a row.
25924 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25925 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25927 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25929 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25930 Justify cells of a column.
25931 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25932 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25934 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25936 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25937 Toggle fixing width mode.
25938 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25939 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25940 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25942 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25944 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25945 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25946 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25947 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25948 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25949 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25950 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25951 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25952 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25953 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25954 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25956 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25958 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25959 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25960 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25961 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25962 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25963 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25964 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25965 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25966 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25967 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25968 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25969 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25970 untouched.
25972 References used for this implementation:
25974 HTML:
25975 http://www.w3.org
25977 LaTeX:
25978 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25980 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25981 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25982 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25984 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25986 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
25987 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25988 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25989 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25990 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25991 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25992 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25993 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25994 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25995 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
25996 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
25997 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
25998 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
25999 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26000 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26001 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26002 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26004 Example:
26006 (progn
26007 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26008 (table-forward-cell 15)
26009 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26010 (table-forward-cell 16)
26011 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26012 (table-forward-cell 1)
26013 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26015 (progn
26016 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26017 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26018 (table-forward-cell 1)
26019 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26021 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26023 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26024 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26025 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26026 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26027 consists from cells of same height.
26029 \(fn N)" t nil)
26031 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26032 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26033 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26034 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26035 column must consists from cells of same width.
26037 \(fn N)" t nil)
26039 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26040 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26041 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26042 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26043 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26044 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26045 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26046 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26047 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26048 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26049 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26050 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26051 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26052 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26053 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26056 Example 1:
26058 1, 2, 3, 4
26059 5, 6, 7, 8
26060 , 9, 10
26062 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26063 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26064 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26065 specified as 5.
26067 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26068 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26069 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26070 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26071 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26072 | | 9 | 10 | |
26073 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26075 Note:
26077 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26078 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26079 of each row is optional.
26082 Example 2:
26084 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26085 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26086 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26087 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26088 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26090 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26091 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26093 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26094 expression and raw delimiter regular
26095 expression, it parses the specified text
26096 area and extracts cell items from
26097 non-table text and then forms a table out
26098 of them.
26100 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26101 creates a single cell table. The text in
26102 the specified region is placed in that
26103 cell.-*-
26105 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26106 like this.
26108 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26109 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26110 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26112 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26113 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26114 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26115 | area and extracts cell items from |
26116 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26117 | of them. |
26119 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26120 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26121 | the specified region is placed in that |
26122 | cell. |
26123 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26125 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26126 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26127 independently.
26129 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26130 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26131 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26132 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26133 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26134 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26135 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26136 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26137 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26138 | |of them. |
26139 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26140 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26141 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26142 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26143 | |cell. |
26144 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26146 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26147 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26148 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26150 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26152 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26153 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26154 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26155 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26156 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26158 \(fn)" t nil)
26160 ;;;***
26162 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17842 58278))
26163 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26165 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26166 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26168 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26170 ;;;***
26172 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17842 58278))
26173 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26175 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26176 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26177 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26178 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26179 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26180 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26181 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26183 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26184 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26185 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26186 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26188 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26189 \\{tar-mode-map}
26191 \(fn)" t nil)
26193 ;;;***
26195 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26196 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17842 56332))
26197 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26199 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26200 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26201 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26202 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26203 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26204 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26206 Variables controlling indentation style:
26207 `tcl-indent-level'
26208 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26209 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26210 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26212 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26213 documentation for details):
26214 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26215 Controls action of TAB key.
26216 `tcl-auto-newline'
26217 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26218 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26219 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26220 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26221 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26223 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26224 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26225 already exist.
26227 Commands:
26228 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26230 \(fn)" t nil)
26232 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26233 Run inferior Tcl process.
26234 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26235 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26237 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26239 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26240 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26241 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26243 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26245 ;;;***
26247 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17842 55218))
26248 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26249 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26251 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26252 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26253 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26254 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26256 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26257 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26258 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26259 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26260 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26262 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26263 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26265 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26266 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26267 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26268 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26270 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26272 ;;;***
26274 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17952
26275 ;;;;;; 11093))
26276 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26278 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26279 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26280 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26281 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26282 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26283 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26285 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26287 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26288 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26289 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26290 commands to use in that buffer.
26292 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26294 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26296 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26297 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26299 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26301 ;;;***
26303 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17842
26304 ;;;;;; 58278))
26305 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26307 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26308 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26309 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26310 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26311 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26312 program as keyboard input.
26314 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26315 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26316 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26317 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26319 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26320 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26321 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26322 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26323 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26325 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26327 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26328 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26329 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26330 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26332 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26333 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26334 subprocess started.
26336 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26338 ;;;***
26340 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26341 ;;;;;; (17925 52793))
26342 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26344 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26345 Start coverage on function under point.
26347 \(fn)" t nil)
26349 ;;;***
26351 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17941 38806))
26352 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26354 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26355 Play the Tetris game.
26356 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26357 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26358 as to form complete rows.
26360 tetris-mode keybindings:
26361 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26362 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26363 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26364 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26365 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26366 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26367 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26368 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26369 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26371 \(fn)" t nil)
26373 ;;;***
26375 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26376 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26377 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26378 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26379 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26380 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26381 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26382 ;;;;;; (17842 58276))
26383 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26385 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26386 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26388 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26390 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26391 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26392 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26393 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26394 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26396 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26398 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26399 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26400 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26401 if it matches the first line of the file,
26402 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26404 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26406 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26407 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26408 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26409 if the variable is non-nil.")
26411 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26413 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26414 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26416 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26418 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26419 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26420 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26421 See the documentation of that variable.")
26423 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26425 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26426 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26427 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26428 See the documentation of that variable.")
26430 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26432 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26433 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26434 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26435 See the documentation of that variable.")
26437 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26439 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26440 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26441 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26442 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26443 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26445 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26447 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26448 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26449 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26450 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26452 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26454 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26455 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26456 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26458 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26460 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26461 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26462 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26463 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26465 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26467 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26468 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26469 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26470 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26472 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26474 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26475 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26476 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26477 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26479 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26480 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26481 for example,
26483 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26484 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26486 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26487 use.")
26489 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26491 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26492 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26493 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26494 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26495 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26497 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26499 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26501 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26502 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26503 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26505 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26507 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26508 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26509 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26510 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26511 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26513 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26515 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26516 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26518 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26520 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26521 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26523 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26525 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26526 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26527 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26528 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26529 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26530 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26531 says which mode to use.
26533 \(fn)" t nil)
26535 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26537 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26539 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26541 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26542 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26543 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26544 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26545 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26547 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26548 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26549 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26550 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26551 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26552 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26553 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26555 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26556 mismatched $'s or braces.
26558 Special commands:
26559 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26561 Mode variables:
26562 tex-run-command
26563 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26564 tex-directory
26565 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26566 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26567 tex-dvi-print-command
26568 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26569 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26570 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26571 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26572 tex-dvi-view-command
26573 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26574 tex-show-queue-command
26575 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26576 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26578 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26579 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26580 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26582 \(fn)" t nil)
26584 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26585 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26586 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26587 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26588 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26590 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26591 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26592 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26593 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26594 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26595 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26596 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26598 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26599 mismatched $'s or braces.
26601 Special commands:
26602 \\{latex-mode-map}
26604 Mode variables:
26605 latex-run-command
26606 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26607 tex-directory
26608 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26609 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26610 tex-dvi-print-command
26611 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26612 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26613 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26614 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26615 tex-dvi-view-command
26616 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26617 tex-show-queue-command
26618 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26619 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26621 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26622 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26623 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26625 \(fn)" t nil)
26627 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26628 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26629 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26630 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26631 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26633 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26634 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26635 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26636 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26637 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26638 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26639 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26641 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26642 mismatched $'s or braces.
26644 Special commands:
26645 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26647 Mode variables:
26648 slitex-run-command
26649 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26650 tex-directory
26651 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26652 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26653 tex-dvi-print-command
26654 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26655 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26656 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26657 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26658 tex-dvi-view-command
26659 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26660 tex-show-queue-command
26661 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26662 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26664 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26665 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26666 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26667 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26669 \(fn)" t nil)
26671 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26672 Not documented
26674 \(fn)" nil nil)
26676 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26677 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26679 \(fn)" t nil)
26681 ;;;***
26683 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26684 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17842 58276))
26685 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26687 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26688 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26689 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26690 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26692 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26693 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26694 Info-split to do these manually.
26696 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26698 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26699 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26700 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26701 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26702 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26704 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26706 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26707 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26708 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26709 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26711 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26712 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26713 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26714 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26716 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26717 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26719 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26721 ;;;***
26723 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26724 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17842 58276))
26725 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26727 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26728 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26730 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
26732 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26733 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26735 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
26737 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26738 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26740 It has these extra commands:
26741 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26743 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26744 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26745 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26746 modified version of TeX input format.
26748 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26749 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26750 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26751 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26753 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26754 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26755 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26756 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26757 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26758 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26759 in the Texinfo file.
26761 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26762 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26763 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26764 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26765 move forward past the closing brace.
26767 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26768 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26770 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26771 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26772 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26774 Here are the functions:
26776 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26777 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26778 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26780 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26781 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26782 texinfo-master-menu
26784 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26786 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26787 which menu descriptions are indented.
26789 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26790 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26791 in the region.
26793 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26794 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26795 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26796 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26798 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26799 be the first node in the file.
26801 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26802 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26804 \(fn)" t nil)
26806 ;;;***
26808 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26809 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26810 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26811 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
26812 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26814 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26815 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26816 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26817 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26819 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26821 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26822 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26824 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26826 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26827 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26829 \(fn)" t nil)
26831 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26832 Not documented
26834 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26836 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26837 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26838 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26839 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26840 to compose.
26842 The return value is number of composed characters.
26844 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26846 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26847 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26851 ;;;***
26853 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26854 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26855 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17842 58278))
26856 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26858 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26859 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
26861 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26863 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26864 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26865 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26866 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26867 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26869 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26870 a symbol as a valid THING.
26872 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26873 of the textual entity that was found.
26875 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26877 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26878 Return the THING at point.
26879 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26880 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26881 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26883 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26884 a symbol as a valid THING.
26886 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26888 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26889 Not documented
26891 \(fn)" nil nil)
26893 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26894 Not documented
26896 \(fn)" nil nil)
26898 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26899 Not documented
26901 \(fn)" nil nil)
26903 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26904 Not documented
26906 \(fn)" nil nil)
26908 ;;;***
26910 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26911 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26912 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
26913 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26915 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26916 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26918 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
26920 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26921 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26922 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26923 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26925 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26927 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26928 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26930 \(fn)" t nil)
26932 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
26933 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26935 \(fn)" t nil)
26937 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
26939 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26940 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26942 \(fn)" t nil)
26944 ;;;***
26946 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26947 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26948 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26949 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26950 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26951 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17842 58278))
26952 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26954 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26955 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26956 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26958 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
26960 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26961 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26963 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26965 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26966 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26967 The returned string has no composition information.
26969 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26971 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26972 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26974 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26976 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26977 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26979 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26981 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26982 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26983 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26984 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26986 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26988 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26989 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26990 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26991 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26993 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26995 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
26996 Not documented
26998 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27000 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27001 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27002 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27004 \(fn)" t nil)
27006 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27007 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27008 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27010 \(fn)" t nil)
27012 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27013 Not documented
27015 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27017 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27018 Not documented
27020 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27022 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27023 Not documented
27025 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27027 ;;;***
27029 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27030 ;;;;;; (17842 58276))
27031 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27033 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27034 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27035 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27036 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27037 parameters.
27038 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27040 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27042 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27043 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27044 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27045 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27046 parameters.
27047 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27049 \(fn)" t nil)
27051 ;;;***
27053 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27054 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17842 58278))
27055 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27057 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27058 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27060 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27062 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27063 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27064 This display updates automatically every minute.
27065 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27066 are displayed as well.
27067 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27069 \(fn)" t nil)
27071 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27072 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27073 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27074 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27075 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27076 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27078 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27080 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27081 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27082 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27084 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27085 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27086 are displayed as well.
27087 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27091 ;;;***
27093 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27094 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27095 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27096 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17842
27097 ;;;;;; 53792))
27098 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27100 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27101 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27103 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27105 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27106 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27107 You can use `float-time' instead.
27109 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27111 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27112 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27114 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27116 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27117 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27119 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27121 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27122 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27124 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27126 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27127 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27128 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27130 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27132 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27134 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27135 Subtract two time values.
27136 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27138 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27140 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27141 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27143 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27145 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27146 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27147 DATE should be a date-time string.
27149 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27151 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27152 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27153 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27155 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27157 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27158 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27160 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27162 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27163 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27165 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27167 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27168 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27169 TIME should be a time value.
27170 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27172 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27174 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27175 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27176 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27178 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27180 ;;;***
27182 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27183 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17842 58278))
27184 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27185 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27186 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27187 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27188 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27189 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27190 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27191 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27193 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27194 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27195 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27196 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27197 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27198 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27199 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27200 look like one of the following:
27201 Time-stamp: <>
27202 Time-stamp: \" \"
27203 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27204 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27205 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27206 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27207 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27208 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27209 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27210 the template.
27212 \(fn)" t nil)
27214 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27215 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27216 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27220 ;;;***
27222 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27223 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27224 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27225 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27226 ;;;;;; (17842 53792))
27227 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27229 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27230 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27231 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27232 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27233 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27234 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27235 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27236 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27237 display (non-nil means on).
27239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27241 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27242 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27243 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27244 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27245 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27246 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27247 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27248 this function is called within a day.
27250 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27251 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27252 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27253 discover the name of the project.
27255 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27257 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27258 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27259 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27260 begun during the last time segment.
27262 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27263 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27264 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27265 discover the reason.
27267 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27269 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27270 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27271 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27272 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27273 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27275 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27277 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27278 Change to working on a different project.
27279 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27280 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27281 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27282 working on.
27284 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27286 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27287 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27288 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27290 \(fn)" nil nil)
27292 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27293 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27294 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27296 \(fn)" t nil)
27298 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27299 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27300 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27301 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27302 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27303 \"relative to today\".
27305 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27307 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27308 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27309 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27310 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27312 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27314 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27315 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27316 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27317 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27318 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27319 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27321 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27323 ;;;***
27325 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27326 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27327 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17935 13348))
27328 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27330 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27332 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27333 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27335 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27337 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27338 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27339 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27340 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27342 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27344 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27345 Perform an action at time TIME.
27346 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27347 TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
27348 \"11:23pm\" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
27349 `diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
27350 today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
27351 \"2 hours 35 minutes\" (the acceptable formats are those
27352 recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
27353 seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
27354 REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. REPEAT may
27355 be an integer or floating point number. The action is to call
27356 FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27358 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27360 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27362 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27363 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27364 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27365 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27366 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27368 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27370 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27372 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27373 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27374 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27375 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27377 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27379 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27380 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27381 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27382 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27383 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27384 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27385 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27387 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27388 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27390 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27392 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27393 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27395 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27396 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27397 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27398 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27399 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27400 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27401 be detected.
27403 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27405 ;;;***
27407 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27408 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17870 32853))
27409 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27411 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27412 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27413 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27414 the generated Quail package is saved.
27416 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27418 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27419 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27420 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27421 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27422 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27423 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27424 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27426 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27428 ;;;***
27430 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27431 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17842
27432 ;;;;;; 58278))
27433 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27435 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27436 Not documented
27438 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27440 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27441 Not documented
27443 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27445 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27446 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27447 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27448 PATTERN regexp.
27450 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27452 ;;;***
27454 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27455 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17952 58711))
27456 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27457 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27458 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27459 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27461 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27462 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27463 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27464 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27465 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27467 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27469 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27470 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27471 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27472 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27473 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27475 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27477 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27478 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27479 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27480 in the menu in two ways:
27481 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27482 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27483 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27485 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27486 keymap or an alist of alists.
27487 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27488 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27490 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27492 ;;;***
27494 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27495 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27496 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17842 53792))
27497 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27499 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27500 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27502 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27504 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27505 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27507 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27509 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27510 Insert new TODO list entry.
27511 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27512 category.
27514 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27516 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27517 List top priorities for each category.
27519 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27520 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27522 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27523 between each category.
27525 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27527 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27528 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27529 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27530 between each category.
27532 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27534 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27536 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27537 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27539 \\{todo-mode-map}
27541 \(fn)" t nil)
27543 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27544 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27546 \(fn)" nil nil)
27548 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27549 Show TODO list.
27551 \(fn)" t nil)
27553 ;;;***
27555 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27556 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27557 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
27558 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27560 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27562 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27563 Add an item to the tool bar.
27564 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27565 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27566 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27567 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27569 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27570 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27571 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27572 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27574 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27575 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27577 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27579 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27580 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27581 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27582 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27583 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27584 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27586 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27587 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27588 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27589 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27591 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27593 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27594 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27595 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27596 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27597 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27598 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27599 properties to add to the binding.
27601 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27603 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27604 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27606 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27608 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27609 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27610 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27611 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27612 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27613 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27614 properties to add to the binding.
27616 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27617 holds a keymap.
27619 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27621 ;;;***
27623 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27624 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
27625 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27627 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27628 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27629 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27630 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27631 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27632 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27634 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27636 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27637 TPU/edt emulation.
27639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27641 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27643 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27644 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27646 \(fn)" t nil)
27648 ;;;***
27650 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27651 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17842 54264))
27652 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27654 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27655 Set scroll margins.
27657 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27659 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27660 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27662 \(fn)" t nil)
27664 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27665 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27667 \(fn)" t nil)
27669 ;;;***
27671 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17842 54152))
27672 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27674 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27675 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27676 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27677 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27678 to a tcp server on another machine.
27680 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27682 ;;;***
27684 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27685 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17842 54152))
27686 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27688 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27689 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27691 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27693 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27694 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27695 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27696 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27697 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27698 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27699 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27700 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27702 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27704 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27705 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27706 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27707 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27708 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27709 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27710 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27711 the window or buffer configuration.
27713 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27715 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27717 ;;;***
27719 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27720 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27721 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27722 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17934 45069))
27723 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27725 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27726 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27727 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27729 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27730 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27731 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27732 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27734 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27735 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27736 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27737 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27739 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27740 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27741 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27742 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27743 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27744 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27745 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27746 files which are not really tramp files.
27748 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27749 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27750 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27751 updated after changing this variable.
27753 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27755 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27757 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27758 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27759 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27760 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27762 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27763 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27764 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27765 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27767 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27768 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27769 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27771 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27772 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27773 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27774 updated after changing this variable.
27776 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27778 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27780 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27781 Alist of completion handler functions.
27782 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27783 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27784 normal Emacs functions.")
27786 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27787 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27788 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27789 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27791 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27792 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27793 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27794 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27796 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27797 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27798 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27800 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27802 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27803 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27804 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27806 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
27807 Add tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27809 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
27810 Add tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27811 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
27812 (add-hook
27813 'after-init-hook
27814 '(lambda () (tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)))
27816 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
27817 Not documented
27819 \(fn)" nil nil)
27821 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
27822 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
27824 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27826 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
27827 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
27829 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
27831 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27832 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27834 \(fn)" t nil)
27836 ;;;***
27838 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27839 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
27840 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27842 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27843 Not documented
27845 \(fn)" nil nil)
27847 ;;;***
27849 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags tumme-mark-tagged-files
27850 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-comment-files tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external
27851 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumb tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
27852 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
27853 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
27854 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17842
27855 ;;;;;; 58278))
27856 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27858 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27859 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
27861 \(fn)" t nil)
27863 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
27864 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
27866 Convenience command that:
27868 - Opens dired in folder DIR
27869 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
27870 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
27872 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
27873 image files in dired and type
27874 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
27876 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
27878 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
27879 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
27881 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
27883 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27884 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27885 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
27886 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
27887 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
27888 another one).
27890 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
27891 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
27892 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
27894 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
27895 instead of erasing it first.
27897 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
27898 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
27899 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
27900 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
27901 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
27902 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
27904 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
27906 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
27907 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
27908 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
27909 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
27910 displayed.
27912 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
27914 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
27916 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
27917 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
27919 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27921 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
27922 Remove tag for selected file(s).
27923 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
27925 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27927 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
27928 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
27930 \(fn)" t nil)
27932 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
27933 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
27934 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
27935 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
27937 \(fn)" t nil)
27939 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
27940 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27942 \(fn)" t nil)
27944 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
27945 Shorthand for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
27947 \(fn)" t nil)
27949 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
27950 Display file at point using an external viewer.
27952 \(fn)" t nil)
27954 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
27955 Display current image file.
27956 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
27957 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
27959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27961 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
27962 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
27964 \(fn)" t nil)
27966 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
27967 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
27968 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
27969 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
27970 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
27971 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
27972 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
27974 \(fn)" t nil)
27976 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "tumme" "\
27977 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
27978 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
27979 easy-to-use form.
27981 \(fn)" t nil)
27983 ;;;***
27985 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (17892
27986 ;;;;;; 62683))
27987 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
27989 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
27990 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
27991 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
27992 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
27993 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
27994 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
27995 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
27996 any question when restarting the tutorial.
27998 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
27999 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28000 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28002 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28003 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28004 resumed later.
28006 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28008 ;;;***
28010 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28011 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17842 58276))
28012 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28013 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28014 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28015 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28017 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
28018 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28019 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28020 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28021 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28022 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28023 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28025 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28027 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
28028 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28029 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28030 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28032 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28034 \(fn)" t nil)
28036 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
28037 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28038 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28039 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28040 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28041 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28042 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28044 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28045 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28047 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28048 \\___/\\
28049 / \\
28050 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28052 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28054 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28056 ;;;***
28058 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28059 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28060 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28061 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28062 ;;;;;; (17908 29123))
28063 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28065 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28066 Toggle typing break mode.
28067 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28068 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28069 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28071 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
28073 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28074 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28076 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28078 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28079 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28081 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28082 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28083 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28085 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28086 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28088 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
28090 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28091 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28093 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28094 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28095 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28096 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28098 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28100 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28101 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28102 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28104 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28105 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28106 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28107 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28108 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28109 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28111 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28112 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28113 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28114 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28116 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28117 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28119 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28120 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28122 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28124 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28125 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28126 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28128 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28129 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28130 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28131 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28132 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28133 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28134 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28136 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28137 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28139 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28140 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28141 reset the keystroke counter.
28143 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28144 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28145 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28146 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28148 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28149 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28150 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28151 `type-break-schedule' command.
28153 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28154 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28155 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28156 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28157 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28158 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28159 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28160 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28161 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28163 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28164 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28165 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28166 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28167 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28169 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28170 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28171 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28172 approximate good values for this.
28174 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28175 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28177 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28178 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28179 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28180 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28181 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28182 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28184 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28185 a typing break occur. They include:
28187 `type-break-query-mode'
28188 `type-break-query-function'
28189 `type-break-query-interval'
28191 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28193 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28194 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28195 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28196 problems.
28198 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28200 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28201 Take a typing break.
28203 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28204 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28206 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28207 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28209 \(fn)" t nil)
28211 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28212 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28213 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28214 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28216 \(fn)" t nil)
28218 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28219 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28221 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28222 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28223 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28224 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28225 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28226 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28227 average typing speed.)
28229 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28230 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28231 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28232 the computed maximum threshold.
28234 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28235 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28236 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28237 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28238 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28240 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28242 ;;;***
28244 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28245 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17842 58276))
28246 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28248 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28249 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28250 Works by overstriking underscores.
28251 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28252 which specify the range to operate on.
28254 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28256 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28257 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28258 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28259 which specify the range to operate on.
28261 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28263 ;;;***
28265 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28266 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17842 55035))
28267 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28269 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28270 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28271 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28273 \(fn)" t nil)
28275 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28276 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28277 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28278 following the containing message.
28280 \(fn)" t nil)
28282 ;;;***
28284 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28285 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
28286 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28288 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28289 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28290 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28291 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28292 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28293 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28295 \(fn)" nil nil)
28297 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28298 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28300 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28302 ;;;***
28304 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17842
28305 ;;;;;; 54152))
28306 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28308 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28309 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28310 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28311 of symbols with local bindings.
28313 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28315 ;;;***
28317 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28318 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17842 56569))
28319 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28321 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28322 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28323 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28325 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28326 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28327 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28328 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28329 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28330 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28332 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28333 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28334 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28336 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28337 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28338 the callback is not called).
28340 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28341 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28342 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28343 take effect.
28345 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28347 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28348 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28349 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28350 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28351 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28353 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28355 ;;;***
28357 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28358 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17854 10173))
28359 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28361 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28362 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28363 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28365 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28366 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28367 `url-generic-parse-url'
28368 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28369 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28370 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28371 realm
28372 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28373 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28374 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28375 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28376 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28377 what type of auth to use
28378 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28379 if one cannot be found in the cache
28381 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28383 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28384 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28386 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28387 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28388 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28389 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28390 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28391 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28392 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28393 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28395 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28397 ;;;***
28399 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28400 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17842
28401 ;;;;;; 56569))
28402 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28404 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28405 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28407 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28409 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28410 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28412 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28414 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28415 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28417 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28419 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28420 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28422 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28424 ;;;***
28426 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17842 56569))
28427 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28429 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28430 Not documented
28432 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28434 ;;;***
28436 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28437 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17842 56569))
28438 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28440 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28441 Not documented
28443 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28445 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28446 Not documented
28448 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28450 ;;;***
28452 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17842
28453 ;;;;;; 56569))
28454 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28456 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28457 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28459 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28461 ;;;***
28463 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28464 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17842 56569))
28465 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28467 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28468 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28470 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28472 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28473 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28474 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28475 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28476 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28478 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28480 ;;;***
28482 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28483 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17842
28484 ;;;;;; 56569))
28485 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28487 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28488 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28489 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28490 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28491 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28492 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28494 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28496 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28497 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28501 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28502 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28503 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28504 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28505 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28506 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28507 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28508 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28509 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28511 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28513 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28514 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28515 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28516 accessible.
28518 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28520 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28521 Not documented
28523 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28525 ;;;***
28527 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28528 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17952 11683))
28529 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28531 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28532 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28533 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28534 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28535 CBARGS as the arguments.
28537 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28539 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28540 Not documented
28542 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28544 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28546 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28547 Not documented
28549 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28551 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28552 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28553 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28555 Property list members:
28557 methods
28558 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28559 supports.
28562 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28563 supported.
28565 dasl
28566 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28568 ranges
28569 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28572 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28573 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28574 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28575 Emacs/W3.
28577 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28579 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28580 Default HTTPS port.")
28582 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28583 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28585 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28586 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28587 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28588 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28589 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28591 ;;;***
28593 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17842 56569))
28594 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28596 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28597 Not documented
28599 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28601 ;;;***
28603 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17842
28604 ;;;;;; 56569))
28605 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28607 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28608 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28609 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28610 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28611 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28613 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28615 ;;;***
28617 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28618 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28619 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28621 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28622 Not documented
28624 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28626 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28627 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28629 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28631 ;;;***
28633 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28634 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17842 56569))
28635 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28637 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28638 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28640 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28642 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28643 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28645 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28647 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28648 Not documented
28650 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28652 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28654 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28656 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28658 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28659 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28661 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28663 ;;;***
28665 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28666 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28667 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28669 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28670 Not documented
28672 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28674 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28675 Not documented
28677 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28679 ;;;***
28681 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28682 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28683 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28684 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28686 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28687 Not documented
28689 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28691 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28692 Not documented
28694 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28696 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28697 Not documented
28699 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28701 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28702 Not documented
28704 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28706 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28707 Not documented
28709 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28711 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28712 Not documented
28714 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28716 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28717 Not documented
28719 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28721 ;;;***
28723 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28724 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17954 22157))
28725 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28727 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28728 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28730 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28732 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28733 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28734 Format is:
28735 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28737 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28739 ;;;***
28741 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28742 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28743 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28745 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28746 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28748 \(fn)" t nil)
28750 ;;;***
28752 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28753 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28754 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28755 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28756 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28757 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28758 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28759 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28761 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28762 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28763 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28765 If t, all messages will be logged.
28766 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28767 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28769 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28771 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28772 Not documented
28774 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28776 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28777 Not documented
28779 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28781 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28782 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28783 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28784 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28785 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28786 & ==> &amp;
28787 < ==> &lt;
28788 > ==> &gt;
28789 \" ==> &quot;
28791 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28793 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28794 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28795 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28797 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28799 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28800 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28801 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28803 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28805 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28806 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28808 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28810 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28811 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28813 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28815 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28816 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28818 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28820 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28821 Not documented
28823 \(fn N)" nil nil)
28825 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28826 Not documented
28828 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28830 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28831 Not documented
28833 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28835 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28836 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28838 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28840 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28841 Not documented
28843 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28845 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28846 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28847 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28848 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28849 forbidden in URL encoding.
28851 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28853 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28854 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
28855 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
28856 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
28857 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
28858 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
28860 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28862 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28863 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28864 If optional variable X is t,
28865 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28867 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28869 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28870 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28871 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28873 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28875 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28876 View the current document's URL.
28877 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28878 the minibuffer.
28880 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28882 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28884 ;;;***
28886 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28887 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17842 58278))
28888 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28890 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28891 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28892 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28893 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28894 to refrain from editing the file
28895 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28896 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28897 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28898 in any way you like.
28900 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28902 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28903 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28904 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28905 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28906 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28908 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28909 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28911 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
28913 ;;;***
28915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17842 54888))
28916 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28917 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
28919 ;;;***
28921 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28922 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28923 ;;;;;; (17855 50203))
28924 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28926 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28927 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28928 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28929 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28931 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28933 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28934 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28935 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28937 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28939 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28940 Uudecode region between START and END.
28941 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28943 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28945 ;;;***
28947 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28948 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28949 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28950 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28951 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28952 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28953 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17842 58278))
28954 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28956 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28957 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28958 See `run-hooks'.")
28960 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
28962 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28963 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28964 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28966 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28968 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28969 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28970 See `run-hooks'.")
28972 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28974 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28975 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28977 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28979 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28980 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28982 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28984 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28985 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28986 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28987 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28988 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28989 somebody else, signal error.
28991 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28993 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28994 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28995 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
28996 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
28997 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
28999 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29001 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
29002 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29003 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29004 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29005 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29006 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29007 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29008 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29009 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
29010 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
29011 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29012 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29014 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29016 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
29017 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
29019 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
29020 it will operate on the file in the current line.
29022 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
29023 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
29024 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
29025 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
29026 lock steals will raise an error.
29028 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
29030 For RCS and SCCS files:
29031 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29032 control.
29033 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29034 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
29035 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29036 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
29037 it performs a revert.
29038 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29039 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29040 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29041 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29042 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
29043 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
29044 the option to steal the lock.
29046 For CVS files:
29047 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29048 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29049 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29050 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29051 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29052 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29053 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29054 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29055 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29057 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29059 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29060 Register the current file into a version control system.
29061 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29062 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29064 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29065 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29066 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29067 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29068 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29069 first backend that could register the file is used.
29071 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29073 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29074 Display diffs between file versions.
29075 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29076 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29077 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29078 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29079 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29080 saving the buffer.
29082 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29084 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29085 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29086 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29087 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29089 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29091 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29092 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29093 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29094 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29096 \(fn)" t nil)
29098 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29099 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29100 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29101 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29102 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29103 from the current branch.
29105 See Info node `Merging'.
29107 \(fn)" t nil)
29109 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29111 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29112 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29114 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29116 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29117 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29119 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29121 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29122 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29123 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29124 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29125 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29126 are checked out in that new branch.
29128 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29130 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29131 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29132 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29133 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29134 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29135 allowed and simply skipped).
29137 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29139 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29140 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29141 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29143 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29145 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29146 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29147 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29148 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29149 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29151 \(fn)" t nil)
29153 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29154 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29155 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29156 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29157 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29158 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29160 \(fn)" t nil)
29162 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29163 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29164 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29166 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29168 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29169 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29170 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29171 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29172 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29173 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29174 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29176 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29178 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29179 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29180 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29181 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29182 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29183 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29184 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29185 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29186 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29188 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29190 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29191 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29193 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29195 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29196 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29197 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29198 directory.
29200 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29202 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29203 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29204 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29206 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29207 log entries should be gathered.
29209 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29211 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29212 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29214 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29215 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29216 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29217 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29218 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29219 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29221 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29222 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29223 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29224 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29225 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29226 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29227 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29228 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29230 Customization variables:
29232 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29233 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29234 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29235 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29237 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29239 ;;;***
29241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17930 34221))
29242 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29243 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29244 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29245 (progn
29246 (load "vc-arch")
29247 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29249 ;;;***
29251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17842 58278))
29252 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29253 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29254 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29255 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29256 (load "vc-cvs")
29257 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29259 ;;;***
29261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17842 58278))
29262 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29263 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29264 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29265 (progn
29266 (load "vc-mcvs")
29267 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29269 ;;;***
29271 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29272 ;;;;;; (17925 15266))
29273 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29275 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29276 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29277 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29279 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29280 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29282 ;;;***
29284 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29285 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
29286 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29288 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29289 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29290 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29292 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29293 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29295 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29296 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29297 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29298 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29300 ;;;***
29302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17881 64914))
29303 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29304 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29305 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29306 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29307 "_svn")
29308 (t ".svn"))))
29309 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29310 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29311 (file-name-directory f)))
29312 (load "vc-svn")
29313 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29315 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29317 ;;;***
29319 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29320 ;;;;;; (17854 10062))
29321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29323 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29324 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29326 Usage:
29327 ------
29329 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29330 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29331 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29332 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29333 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29334 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29335 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29336 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29337 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29339 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29340 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29341 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29342 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29344 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29345 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29346 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29347 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29348 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29350 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29351 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29354 HEADER INSERTION:
29355 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29356 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29357 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29360 STUTTERING:
29361 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29362 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29363 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29364 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29366 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29367 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29368 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29369 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29370 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29373 WORD COMPLETION:
29374 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29375 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29376 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29377 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29379 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29380 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29381 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29382 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29383 beginning with \"std\").
29385 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29386 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29387 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29388 stop.
29391 COMMENTS:
29392 `--' puts a single comment.
29393 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29394 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29395 with a comment in between.
29396 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29397 out following lines.
29398 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29399 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29401 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29402 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29403 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29404 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29405 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29406 non-nil.
29408 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29409 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29410 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29411 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29412 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29413 multi-line comments.
29416 INDENTATION:
29417 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29418 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29419 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29420 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29422 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29423 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29424 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29425 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29427 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29428 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29429 and vice versa.
29431 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29432 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29435 ALIGNMENT:
29436 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29437 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29438 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29439 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29440 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29441 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29442 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29443 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29445 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29446 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29447 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29448 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29449 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29450 is non-nil.
29452 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29453 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29454 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29456 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29457 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29460 CODE FILLING:
29461 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29462 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29463 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29464 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29465 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29466 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29469 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29470 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29471 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29472 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29473 command:
29475 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29478 PORT TRANSLATION:
29479 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29480 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29481 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29482 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29483 internal signal initializations (menu).
29485 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29486 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29487 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29489 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29490 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29491 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29492 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29493 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29494 in subsequent paste operations.)
29496 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29497 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29498 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29501 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29502 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29503 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29504 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29505 association list with formals).
29508 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29509 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29510 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29511 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29512 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29513 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29514 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29515 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29516 `vhdl-testbench'.
29519 KEY BINDINGS:
29520 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29523 VHDL MENU:
29524 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29527 FILE BROWSER:
29528 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29529 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29530 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29532 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29533 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29536 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29537 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29538 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29539 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29541 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29542 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29543 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29545 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29546 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29547 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29548 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29550 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29551 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29552 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29553 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29554 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29556 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29557 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29558 required by secondary units.
29561 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29562 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29563 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29564 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29565 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29566 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29567 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29568 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29569 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29570 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29571 inputs to this component -> input port created
29572 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29573 outputs from this component -> output port created
29574 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29575 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29577 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29578 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29579 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29580 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29581 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29583 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29584 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29586 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29587 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29588 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29589 component instantiation is also supported (option
29590 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29592 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29593 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29594 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29595 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29596 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29597 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29598 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29599 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29600 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29601 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29602 | generating the configuration.
29604 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29605 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29606 | configurations in speedbar.
29608 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29611 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29612 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29613 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29614 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29615 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29616 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29617 information. New compilers can be added.
29619 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29620 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29623 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29624 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29625 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29626 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29627 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29629 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29630 command:
29632 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29633 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29634 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29636 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29637 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29638 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29639 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29640 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29641 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29642 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29644 Limitations:
29645 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29646 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29647 not (yet) supported.
29648 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29649 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29650 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29653 PROJECTS:
29654 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29655 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29656 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29657 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29658 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29659 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29660 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29661 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29663 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29664 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29665 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29666 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29667 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29668 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29669 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29670 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29671 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29672 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29673 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29676 SPECIAL MENUES:
29677 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29678 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29679 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29680 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29681 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29682 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29683 current directory for VHDL source files.
29686 VHDL STANDARDS:
29687 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29688 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29691 KEYWORD CASE:
29692 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29693 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29694 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29695 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29696 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29697 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29698 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29699 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29702 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29703 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29704 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29705 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29706 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29707 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29708 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29710 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29711 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29712 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29713 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29714 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29715 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29717 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29718 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29719 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29720 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29721 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29722 visually.
29724 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29725 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29726 highlighted if written in lower case.
29728 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29729 highlighted using a different background color if option
29730 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29732 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29733 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29734 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29735 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29736 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29739 USER MODELS:
29740 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29741 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29742 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29745 HIDE/SHOW:
29746 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29747 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29748 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29749 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29750 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29753 CODE UPDATING:
29754 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29755 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29756 Limitations:
29757 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29758 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29759 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29760 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29761 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29762 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29763 (used to obtain the port names).
29766 CODE FIXING:
29767 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29768 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29771 PRINTING:
29772 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29773 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29774 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29775 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29776 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29777 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29778 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29779 printers.
29782 OPTIONS:
29783 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29784 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29785 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29786 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29787 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29789 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29790 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29791 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29792 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29793 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29794 INSTALL file).
29796 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29797 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29800 FILE EXTENSIONS:
29801 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29802 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29803 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29805 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29808 HINTS:
29809 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29810 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29812 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29814 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29816 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29819 RELEASE NOTES:
29820 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29823 Maintenance:
29824 ------------
29826 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29827 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29829 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29831 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29832 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29833 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29834 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29836 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29837 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29838 where the latest version can be found.
29841 Known problems:
29842 ---------------
29844 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29845 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29846 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29849 The VHDL Mode Authors
29850 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29852 Key bindings:
29853 -------------
29855 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
29857 \(fn)" t nil)
29859 ;;;***
29861 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17788 40208))
29862 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29864 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29865 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29866 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29867 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29869 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29870 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29871 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29872 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29873 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29875 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29876 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29878 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29880 * Limitations and unsupported features
29881 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29882 not supported.
29883 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29884 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29886 * Modifications
29887 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29888 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29889 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29890 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29891 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29892 for undoing a repeated change command.
29893 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29894 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29895 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29897 * Extensions
29898 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29899 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29900 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29901 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29902 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29903 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29904 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29905 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29907 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29909 \(fn)" t nil)
29911 ;;;***
29913 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29914 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29915 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29916 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17842 58278))
29917 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29919 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29920 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29922 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29924 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29925 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29926 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29927 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29929 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29931 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29932 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29934 \(fn)" t nil)
29936 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29937 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29938 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29939 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29941 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29943 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29944 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29946 \(fn)" t nil)
29948 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29949 Not documented
29951 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29953 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29954 Not documented
29956 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29958 ;;;***
29960 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29961 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29962 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17930
29963 ;;;;;; 34071))
29964 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29966 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29967 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29968 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29969 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29971 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29973 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29974 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29975 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29976 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29977 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29978 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29979 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29981 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29983 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29985 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29986 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29987 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29988 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29989 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29990 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29991 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29992 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29994 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29996 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29998 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
29999 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30000 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30001 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30002 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30003 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30004 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30005 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30007 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30009 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30011 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
30012 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30013 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30014 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30015 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30016 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30017 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30019 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30021 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30022 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30023 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30025 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30027 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
30028 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30029 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30030 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30031 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30032 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30033 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30034 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30036 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30038 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30039 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30040 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30042 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30044 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
30045 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30046 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30047 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30048 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30049 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30050 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30051 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30053 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30055 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30056 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30057 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30059 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30061 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30062 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30063 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
30065 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30066 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30067 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30068 read-only.
30069 \\<view-mode-map>
30070 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30071 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30072 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30073 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30074 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30076 H, h, ? This message.
30077 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30078 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30079 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30080 > move to the end of buffer.
30081 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30082 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30083 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30084 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30085 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30086 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30087 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30088 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30089 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30090 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30091 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30092 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30093 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30094 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30095 Use this to view a changing file.
30096 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30097 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30098 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30099 . set the mark.
30100 x exchanges point and mark.
30101 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30102 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30103 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30104 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30105 ' go to position saved in character register.
30106 s do forward incremental search.
30107 r do reverse incremental search.
30108 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30109 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30110 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30111 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30112 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30113 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30114 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30115 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30116 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30117 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30118 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30119 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30120 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30121 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30122 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30123 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30124 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30126 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30127 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30128 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30129 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30130 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30131 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30132 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30133 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30134 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30136 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30140 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30141 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30142 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30143 `view-return-to-alist'.
30144 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30145 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30146 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30148 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30149 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30150 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30151 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30152 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30153 1) nil Do nothing.
30154 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30155 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30156 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30157 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30159 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30161 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30163 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30165 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30166 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30168 \(fn)" t nil)
30170 ;;;***
30172 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17842
30173 ;;;;;; 54264))
30174 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30176 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30177 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30179 \(fn)" nil nil)
30181 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30182 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30184 \(fn)" t nil)
30186 ;;;***
30188 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30189 ;;;;;; (17921 23052))
30190 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30192 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30193 Toggle Viper on/off.
30194 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30196 \(fn)" t nil)
30198 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30199 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30201 \(fn)" t nil)
30203 ;;;***
30205 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30206 ;;;;;; (17935 13348))
30207 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30209 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30210 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30211 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30212 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30213 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30214 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30215 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30216 the beginning of the warning.")
30218 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30219 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30220 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30221 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30222 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30223 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30224 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30225 also call that function before the next warning.")
30227 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30228 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30230 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30231 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30232 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30233 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30235 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30236 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30237 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30238 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30239 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30240 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30242 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30243 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30244 Default is :warning.
30246 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30247 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30248 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30249 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30250 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30251 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30253 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30254 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30255 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30257 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30259 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30260 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30262 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30264 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30265 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30266 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30267 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30269 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30270 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30271 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30272 can be whatever you like.)
30274 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30275 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30277 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30278 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30279 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30280 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30281 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30283 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30285 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30286 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30287 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30288 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30289 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30291 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30293 ;;;***
30295 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30296 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
30297 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30299 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30300 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30301 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30302 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30303 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30304 in disk.
30306 See `wdired-mode'.
30308 \(fn)" t nil)
30310 ;;;***
30312 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17842 55218))
30313 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30315 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30316 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30318 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30319 hotlist.
30321 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30322 <nwv@acm.org>.
30324 \(fn)" t nil)
30326 ;;;***
30328 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30329 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
30330 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30331 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30332 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30334 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30336 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30337 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30338 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30339 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30340 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30341 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30343 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30345 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30346 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30347 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30348 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30350 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30351 and off otherwise.
30353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30355 ;;;***
30357 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30358 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30359 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30360 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30361 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30362 ;;;;;; (17925 15266))
30363 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30365 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30366 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30368 \(fn)" t nil)
30370 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30371 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30373 \(fn)" t nil)
30375 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30376 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30378 \(fn)" t nil)
30380 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30381 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30383 \(fn)" t nil)
30385 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30386 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30388 \(fn)" t nil)
30390 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30391 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30392 These are:
30393 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30394 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30395 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30396 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30397 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30399 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30400 and:
30401 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30402 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30404 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30406 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30407 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30409 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30411 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30412 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30413 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30414 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30415 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30417 \(fn)" t nil)
30419 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30420 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30422 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30424 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30426 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30427 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30428 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30429 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30430 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30431 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30433 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30435 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30436 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30437 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30439 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30440 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30442 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30444 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30445 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30446 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30448 \(fn)" t nil)
30450 ;;;***
30452 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30453 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17842 58278))
30454 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30456 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30457 Browse the widget under point.
30459 \(fn POS)" t nil)
30461 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30462 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30464 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30466 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30467 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30469 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30471 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30472 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30473 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30477 ;;;***
30479 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30480 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17952
30481 ;;;;;; 11093))
30482 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30484 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30485 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30487 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30489 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30490 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30491 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30493 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30495 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30496 Create widget of TYPE.
30497 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30499 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30501 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30502 Delete WIDGET.
30504 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30506 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30507 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30509 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30511 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30513 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30514 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30515 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30517 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30518 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30520 \(fn)" nil nil)
30522 ;;;***
30524 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30525 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17842
30526 ;;;;;; 58278))
30527 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30529 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30530 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30531 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30532 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30533 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30534 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30535 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30539 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30540 Select the window above the current one.
30541 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30542 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30543 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30544 negative ARG) of the current window.
30545 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30549 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30550 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30551 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30552 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30553 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30554 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30555 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30559 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30560 Select the window below the current one.
30561 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30562 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30563 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30564 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30565 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30569 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30570 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30571 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30572 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30574 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30576 ;;;***
30578 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30579 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
30580 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30582 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30583 Toggle Winner mode.
30584 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30585 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30587 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30589 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30590 Toggle Winner mode.
30591 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30595 ;;;***
30597 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30598 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17949 41467))
30599 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30601 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30602 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30603 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30604 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30605 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30606 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30607 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30608 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30610 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30611 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30613 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30615 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30616 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30618 \(fn)" t nil)
30620 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30621 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30622 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30623 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30624 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30625 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30626 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30627 `woman' command for further details.
30629 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30631 ;;;***
30633 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30634 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
30635 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30637 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30638 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30640 BUGS:
30641 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30642 are not implemented
30643 - Options for search and replace
30644 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30645 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30647 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30648 Emacs-like.
30650 The key bindings are:
30652 C-a backward-word
30653 C-b fill-paragraph
30654 C-c scroll-up-line
30655 C-d forward-char
30656 C-e previous-line
30657 C-f forward-word
30658 C-g delete-char
30659 C-h backward-char
30660 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30661 C-j help-for-help
30662 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30663 C-l ws-repeat-search
30664 C-n open-line
30665 C-p quoted-insert
30666 C-r scroll-down-line
30667 C-s backward-char
30668 C-t kill-word
30669 C-u keyboard-quit
30670 C-v overwrite-mode
30671 C-w scroll-down
30672 C-x next-line
30673 C-y kill-complete-line
30674 C-z scroll-up
30676 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30677 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30678 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30679 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30680 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30681 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30682 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30683 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30684 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30685 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30686 C-k b ws-begin-block
30687 C-k c ws-copy-block
30688 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30689 C-k f find-file
30690 C-k h ws-show-markers
30691 C-k i ws-indent-block
30692 C-k k ws-end-block
30693 C-k p ws-print-block
30694 C-k q kill-emacs
30695 C-k r insert-file
30696 C-k s save-some-buffers
30697 C-k t ws-mark-word
30698 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30699 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30700 C-k v ws-move-block
30701 C-k w ws-write-block
30702 C-k x kill-emacs
30703 C-k y ws-delete-block
30705 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30706 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30707 C-o j justify-current-line
30708 C-o k kill-buffer
30709 C-o l list-buffers
30710 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30711 C-o r set-fill-column
30712 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30713 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30714 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30715 C-o wo other-window
30716 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30718 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30719 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30720 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30721 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30722 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30723 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30724 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30725 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30726 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30727 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30728 C-q a ws-query-replace
30729 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30730 C-q c end-of-buffer
30731 C-q d end-of-line
30732 C-q f ws-search
30733 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30734 C-q l ws-undo
30735 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30736 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30737 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30738 C-q w ws-last-error
30739 C-q y ws-kill-eol
30740 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30742 \(fn)" t nil)
30744 ;;;***
30746 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30747 ;;;;;; (17916 14776))
30748 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30750 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30751 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30752 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30753 Returns the top node with all its children.
30754 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30755 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30757 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30759 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30760 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30761 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30762 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30763 is not well-formed XML.
30764 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30765 and returned as the first element of the list.
30766 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30768 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30770 ;;;***
30772 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17938
30773 ;;;;;; 61442))
30774 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30776 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30777 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30778 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30779 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30780 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30781 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30783 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
30785 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30786 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30787 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30789 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30790 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30791 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30792 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30793 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30794 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30798 ;;;***
30800 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30801 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17842 54741))
30802 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30804 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30805 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30807 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30809 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30810 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30812 \(fn)" nil nil)
30814 ;;;***
30816 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30817 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17842 55395))
30818 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30820 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30821 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30823 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30825 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30826 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30828 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30830 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30831 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30832 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30834 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30836 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30837 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30839 \(fn)" t nil)
30841 ;;;***
30843 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17941 38806))
30844 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30846 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30847 Zone out, completely.
30849 \(fn)" t nil)
30851 ;;;***
30853 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
30854 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
30855 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
30856 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
30857 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
30858 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
30859 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
30860 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
30861 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
30862 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
30863 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
30864 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
30865 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
30866 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
30867 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
30868 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
30869 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
30870 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
30871 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
30872 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
30873 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
30874 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
30875 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30876 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30877 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30878 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30879 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
30880 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
30881 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
30882 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
30883 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
30884 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
30885 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
30886 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
30887 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
30888 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
30889 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
30890 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
30891 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
30892 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
30893 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
30894 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
30895 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
30896 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
30897 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
30898 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
30899 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
30900 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
30901 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
30902 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30903 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30904 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30905 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
30906 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
30907 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30908 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30909 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30910 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30911 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30912 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30913 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30914 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30915 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30916 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30917 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30918 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30919 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30920 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30921 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30922 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30923 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30924 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30925 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30926 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30927 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30928 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30929 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30930 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30931 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30932 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30933 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30934 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30935 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30936 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30937 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30938 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30939 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30940 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30941 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30942 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30943 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30944 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30945 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30946 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30947 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30948 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30949 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30950 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
30951 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30952 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30953 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30954 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30955 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30956 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30957 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30958 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
30959 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
30960 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30961 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30962 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30963 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
30964 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
30965 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
30966 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
30967 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
30968 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
30969 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
30970 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
30971 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
30972 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
30973 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
30974 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
30975 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
30976 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
30977 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
30978 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
30979 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
30980 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
30981 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
30982 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
30983 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17956 9728 35408))
30985 ;;;***
30987 ;; Local Variables:
30988 ;; version-control: never
30989 ;; no-byte-compile: t
30990 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
30991 ;; End:
30992 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here